From 9cce9e853bf5b7c58883e5d8eb337f2f8710dff2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Odoo Translation Bot Date: Sun, 14 Feb 2021 01:31:47 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] [I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex --- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 165 +++- locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 874 ++++++++++++-------- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 870 +++++++++++-------- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 224 ++++- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po | 5 +- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 927 ++++++++++++--------- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po | 189 ++++- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po | 37 +- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po | 146 +++- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 931 ++++++++++++--------- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 870 +++++++++++-------- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 27 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po | 5 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po | 75 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po | 2 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1051 ++++++++++++----------- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po | 5 +- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po | 8 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po | 5 +- locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1048 ++++++++++++----------- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1044 ++++++++++++----------- locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po | 1056 ++++++++++++++---------- 22 files changed, 5795 insertions(+), 3769 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index d143b4d36..5ecab892f 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -66,12 +66,17 @@ msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" +"Vi foreslår, at du gør brug af bank synkronisering, for at forøge " +"effektiviteten. Læs venligst den relaterede dokumentation: " +":doc:`bank_synchronization`." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" +"Hvis du derimod ikke vil gøre brug af bank synkronisering, eller hvis din " +"bank ikke er understøttet, har du stadig visse muligheder:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" @@ -107,7 +112,7 @@ msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belgien: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -128,12 +133,17 @@ msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" +"Odoo åbner en **import widget** til at hjælpe dig med at angive " +"**Formaterings Indstillinger** og **forbinde** de forskellige kolonner du " +"vil importere." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " "supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) er et ældre fil-format, som ikke har været" +" understøttet siden 2005. Om muligt, bør du vælge OFX filer frem for QIF." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "Register bank statements manually" @@ -193,7 +203,7 @@ msgstr "To Do" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tilføj dokument link til ny dokumentation vedrørende afstemning" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" @@ -204,6 +214,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"Odoo kan synkronisere direkte med din bank institution, for at automatisk " +"importere alle udtog automatisk." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -211,10 +223,13 @@ msgid "" "Features `_, and click on " "*See list of supported institutions*." msgstr "" +"For at tjekke at din bank er kompatible med Odoo, kan du gå til `Odoo " +"Regnskabs Funktionaer `_, og " +"klik på *Se liste af understøttede institutioner*." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mere end 20.000 institutioner på verdensplan er understøttet." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" @@ -222,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "For at forbinde til bankerne, bruger Odoo adskillige web-tjenester:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Plaid**: Amerikas Forenede Stater og Canada" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" @@ -230,11 +245,11 @@ msgstr "**Yodlee**: Globalt" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Salt Edge**: Europa (:doc:`mere information `)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information `)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ponto**: Europa (:doc:`mere information `)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 @@ -281,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 msgid "On-Premise users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lokale brugere" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -291,14 +306,20 @@ msgid "" " party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you " "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" +"Du skal have et gyldigt Odoo Enterprise abonnement, for at kunne gøre brug " +"af denne tjeneste. Så forsikre, at din database er registreret på din Odoo " +"Enterprise kontrakt. Vi anvender også en proxy mellem din database og " +"tredjeparts udbyderen, så - i tilfælde af en forbindelses fejl - vær venlig " +"at tjekke, at du ikke har en firewall eller en proxy der blokere den " +"følgende adresse:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://production.odoofin.com/" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "First Synchronization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Første Synkronisering" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -306,18 +327,26 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " "the accounting dashboard." msgstr "" +"Du kan begynde synkronisering enten ved at gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab " +"--> Konfiguration --> Tilføj en Bankkonto` eller via konfigurations bjælken " +"på regnskabs instrumentbrættet." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" +"Nu kan du søge efter din bank institution. Vælg den, og følg trinende for at" +" synkronisere med den." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" " your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." msgstr "" +"Hvis du har nogle problemer under din første synkroniseringer, beder vi dig " +"venligst om, at du verificerer at din web browser ikke blokerer pop-up " +"vinduer, og at din adblocker er deaktiveret." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -329,6 +358,14 @@ msgid "" "party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " "bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." msgstr "" +"Under din første synkronisering, vil du blive spurgt efter et telefonnummer," +" for at sikre din konto. Grunden til vi spørger om en sådan information, er " +"at vi ikke ønsker at dine data falder i de forkerte hænder. Hvis vi senere " +"opfanger mistænkelig adfærd på din konto, blokerer vi alle anmodninger der " +"kommer fra din konto, og du ville skulle genaktivere den via dit " +"telefonnummer. Tredjeparts udbyderen kan efterspørge mere information for at" +" forbinde dig med din bank institution. Denne information er ikke gemt på " +"Odoos servere." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -336,16 +373,21 @@ msgid "" "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" +"Per standard er transaktioner indhentet fra online kilder grupperet inde i " +"det samme udtog, og ét udtog oprettes per måned. Du kan ændre intervallet " +"for oprettelsen af udtog i dine Journal indstillinger." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" +"Du kan finde alle dine synkroniseringer ved at gå til " +":menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering`." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 msgid "Synchronize manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkronisér manuelt" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -353,6 +395,9 @@ msgid "" "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " "clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." msgstr "" +"Efter din første synkronisering, synkroniseres de oprettede journaler per " +"standard hver 12. time. Hvis du ønsker det, kan du synkronisere dem manuelt," +" ved at klikke på *Synkronisér Nu* knappen på instrumentbrættet." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -360,6 +405,9 @@ msgid "" "Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " "Transactions* button." msgstr "" +"Eller du kan gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Online " +"Synkronisering`, vælg din institution, og klik på *Hent Transaktioner* " +"knappen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -370,14 +418,20 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual " "synchronizations." msgstr "" +"Visse institutioner tillader ikke at transaktioner indhentes automatisk. For" +" disse institutioner - når den automatiske synkronisering af en konto kører " +"- modtager du en fejlbesked, der beder dig om at deaktivere den automatiske " +"synkronisering. Denne besked kan findes i chatteren for dine online " +"synkroniseringer. I dette tilfælde, skal du forsikre, at du afvikler " +"manuelle synkroniseringer." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 msgid "Issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Problemer" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "Synchronization in error" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkronisering i fejl" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -386,16 +440,22 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " "failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" +"For at rapportere en forbindelses fejl til `Odoo support " +"`_, skal du gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> " +"Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering`, vælg forbindelsen som slog fejl, " +"og kopier fejlbeskrivelsen og referencen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkronisering afbrudt" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " "the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." msgstr "" +"Hvis din forbindelse til proxy'en afbrydes, kan du genoprette forbindelsen " +"med proxy'en via *Genforbind* knappen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -403,22 +463,30 @@ msgid "" "contact the `support `_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Denne afbrydelse kan være forårsaget af Odoo support. I så fald bedes du " +"kontakte `support `_ direkte med dit klient ID " +"eller referencen på fejlen vist i chatteren." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" +"Migrations proces for brugere der har installeret Odoo før December 2020" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" +"Hvis du er til stede lokalt, bedes du først sikre dig, at din kilde er " +"opdateret med den seneste version af Odoo." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" +"Brugere som har oprettet en database før December 2020 skal installere det " +"nye modul manuelt, for at kunne gøre brug af de nye funktionaliteter." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -427,12 +495,18 @@ msgid "" "**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " "button to install the new module." msgstr "" +"For at gøre dette, skal du gå til :menuselection:`Applikationer --> Opdatér " +"Applikationsliste`, fjerne standard filteret i søgebjælken, og skrive: " +"**account_online_synchronization**. Derefter kan du klikke på *Installer* " +"knappen for at installere det nye modul." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 msgid "" "Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " "CTRL+F5." msgstr "" +"Endeligt skal du sikre dig, at alle dine brugere genopfrisker deres Odoo " +"side ved at trykke CTRL + F5." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -442,18 +516,27 @@ msgid "" "It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " "ones." msgstr "" +"Alle tidligere synkroniseringer kobles af under installationen, og vil ikke " +"længere virke. Du kan finde dem direkte i synkroniserings menuen " +"(:menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering`). Det" +" er ikke muligt at synkronisere disse forbindelser igen; du skal lave nogle " +"nye." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 msgid "" "Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " "for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" +"Vær venlig ikke at afinstallere *account_online_sync*, hvilket er det " +"tidligere modul for online synkronisering. Det nye modul overskriver den." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 msgid "" "By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " "Accounting." msgstr "" +"Per standard installeres *account_online_synchronization* automatisk sammen " +"med Regnskab." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 @@ -464,7 +547,7 @@ msgstr "Ofte Stillede Spørgsmål" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synkroniseringen virker ikke i real-tid. Er det normalt?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -477,6 +560,15 @@ msgid "" "it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " "transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" +"Processen er ikke designet til at fungere i real-tid eftersom tredjeparts " +"udbyderen synkroniserer dine konti på forskellige intervaller. For at " +"gennemtvinge synkroniseringen og indhente udtog, kan du gå til dit *Regnskab" +" Instrumentbræt*, og klikke på *Synkronisér Nu* knappen. Du kan også " +"synkroniserer og indhente transaktioner via :menuselection:`Regnskab --> " +"Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering`. Visse udbydere tillader kun én " +"genopfriskning per dag, så det er muligt at du ikke modtager de seneste " +"transaktioner ved at klikke på *Synkronisér Nu*, hvis du allerede har udført" +" en sådan handling tidligere den dag." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -485,10 +577,15 @@ msgid "" " retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " "status changes." msgstr "" +"En transaktion kan være synlig på din bankkonto, men ikke indhentet hvis den" +" står med status *Afventer*. Kun transaktioner med status *Posteret* vil " +"blive indhentet. Hvis den ikke er *Posteret* endnu, vil du skulle vente " +"indtil status ændres." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" +"Er Online Bank Synrkoniserings funktionaliteten inkluderet i min kontrakt?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -515,7 +612,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visse banker står med statussen \"Beta.\" Hvad betyder det?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -526,6 +623,12 @@ msgid "" " the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback" " from the connection." msgstr "" +"Dette betyder at bank institutionen endnu ikke er fuldt understøttet af " +"vores tredjeparts udbyder. Fejl eller andre problemer kan forekomme. Odoo " +"yder ikke support til tekniske problemer, som opstår i forhold til banker i " +"Beta fasen, men brugeren kan stadig vælge at forbinde til dem. Forbindelse " +"til disse banker bidrager til udviklings processen, eftersom Udbyderen vil " +"modtage reelle data og tilbagemeldinger om forbindelsen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" @@ -553,10 +656,12 @@ msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" +"For visse institutioner kan transaktioner kun indhentes op til 3 måneder " +"tilbage." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvorfor kan jeg ikke se nogle transaktioner?" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -566,10 +671,14 @@ msgid "" "Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " "connection." msgstr "" +"Under din første synkronisering valgte du de konti du ville synkronisere med" +" Odoo. Hvis du ikke synkroniserede nogle af dine konti, kan du gå til " +":menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering` og " +"klik på *Hent Konti* knappen under forbindelsen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der kan også være en mangel på nye transaktioner." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -591,6 +700,10 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " "update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." msgstr "" +"Du kan opdatere dine legitimationsoplysninger ved at gå til " +":menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Online Synkronisering*, åben " +"forbindelsen du ønsker at opdatere dine legitimationsoplysninger for, og " +"klik på *Opdatér Legitimationsoplysninger* knappen." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 @@ -601,16 +714,16 @@ msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`ponto`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`ponto`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`saltedge`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ponto som synkroniserings udbyder" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -630,6 +743,8 @@ msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" +"**Odoo** kan synkronisere direkte med din bank for at indhente alle " +"kontoudtog til din database automatisk." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -637,6 +752,9 @@ msgid "" "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration `_." msgstr "" +"Ponto er en betalt tredjeparts udbyder, som kan håndtere synkroniseringen " +"mellem dine konti og Odoo. `Prisen er 4€/måned per konto/integration " +"`_." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -657,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opret en konto hvis du endnu ikke har en." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." @@ -677,12 +795,16 @@ msgid "" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" +"Vælg dit lang, dine bank institutioner, giv dit samtykke til Ponto, og følg " +"trinene på skærmen, for at forbinde din bankkonto med din Ponto konto." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" +"Vær sikker på at tilføje alle bankkonti som du vil synkronisere med din Odoo" +" database, før du går videre til de næste trin." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" @@ -692,6 +814,7 @@ msgstr "Forbind din Ponto konto med din Odoo database" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" +"Gå til :menuselection:`Regnskab --> Konfiguration --> Tilføj en Bankkonto`." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index ac5d6e771..74247e6af 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -5,18 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Morten Schou , 2020 -# lhmflexerp , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen , 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,400 +30,557 @@ msgstr "Indkøb" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanceret" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "Dropshipping" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Indkøbsaftaler" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 @@ -433,67 +588,132 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Varer" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -535,28 +755,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -566,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -574,18 +794,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -593,19 +813,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -615,13 +835,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -634,31 +854,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 996104e42..51e82c932 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -25,400 +25,557 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 @@ -426,67 +583,132 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -528,28 +750,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -559,7 +781,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -567,18 +789,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -586,19 +808,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -608,13 +830,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -627,31 +849,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index dddceaa70..9e3ee901f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ # Pablo Rojas , 2021 # Jon Perez , 2021 # Cécile Collart , 2021 -# renodoo , 2021 # Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2021 +# renodoo , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: renodoo , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -8118,10 +8118,12 @@ msgid "" "**SOL Credentials**: User and password provided by the SUNAT and grants " "access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" +"** Credenciales SOL **: Usuario y contraseña proporcionados por la SUNAT y " +"otorga acceso a los sistemas de Operaciones Online." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 msgid "Signature Provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proveedor de firma digital" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -8130,61 +8132,73 @@ msgid "" "signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " "options:" msgstr "" +"Como parte de los requisitos para la Factura Electrónica en Perú, su empresa" +" debe seleccionar un Proveedor de Firma electrónica que se encargará del " +"proceso de firma de documentos y gestionará la respuesta de validación de la" +" SUNAT. Odoo ofrece tres opciones:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:167 msgid "Digiflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digiflow" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:183 msgid "SUNAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SUNAT" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "" "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " "for each option." msgstr "" +"Consulte las secciones siguientes para verificar los detalles y las " +"consideraciones de cada opción." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 msgid "" "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " "ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" +"Esta es la opción predeterminada y sugerida, considerando que el certificado" +" digital se incluye como parte del servicio." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "What is the IAP?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es el IAP?" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 msgid "" "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" " of the next process:" msgstr "" +"Este es un servicio de firma electrónica ofrecido directamente por Odoo, el " +"servicio se encarga del siguiente proceso:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 msgid "" "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " "one by yourself." msgstr "" +"Proporciona el Certificado de factura electrónica, por lo que no necesita " +"adquirir uno por su cuenta." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envía el documento a la OSE, en este caso, a Digiflow." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recibe la validación de la OSE y el CDR." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Como funciona?" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -8192,6 +8206,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " "are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" +"El servicio requiere Créditos para procesar sus documentos electrónicos. " +"Odoo proporciona 1000 créditos gratis en nuevas bases de datos. Una vez " +"consumidos estos créditos, debe comprar un paquete de créditos." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 msgid "Credits" @@ -8212,31 +8229,31 @@ msgstr "22" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "5000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "5000" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "110" -msgstr "" +msgstr "110" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "10,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10,000" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "220" -msgstr "" +msgstr "220" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "20,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "20,000" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "440" -msgstr "" +msgstr "440" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los créditos se consumen por cada documento que se envía a la OSE." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -8245,16 +8262,22 @@ msgid "" " you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " "OSE." msgstr "" +"Si tiene un error de validación y el documento debe enviarse una vez más, se" +" cargará un crédito adicional. Por lo tanto, es fundamental que verifique " +"que toda la información sea correcta antes de enviar su documento a la OSE." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 msgid "What do you need to do?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es lo que tiene que hacer?" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 msgid "" "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" " Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" +"En Odoo, una vez que se activa su contrato empresarial y comienza a trabajar" +" en Producción, debe comprar créditos una vez que se consuman los primeros " +"1000." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -8263,6 +8286,11 @@ msgid "" "process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " "`_." msgstr "" +"Digiflow es el OSE utilizado en el IAP, debe afiliarlo como el OSE oficial " +"de su empresa en el sitio web de la SUNAT. Este es un proceso simple. Para " +"obtener más información, consulte la `Guía de afiliación de OSE " +"`" +" _." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -8270,6 +8298,9 @@ msgid "" " you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " "you need to consider:" msgstr "" +"Esta opción se puede utilizar como alternativa, en lugar de utilizar los " +"servicios IAP, puede enviar la validación de su documento directamente a " +"Digiflow. En este caso, debe considerar:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:189 @@ -8279,16 +8310,22 @@ msgid "" "Ceritifcates " "`_." msgstr "" +"Comprar su propio Certificado digital: Para obtener más detalles sobre la " +"lista oficial de proveedores y el proceso para adquirirlo, consulte " +"`Certificados digitales de la SUNAT " +"` _." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 msgid "" "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " "`_." msgstr "" +"Firmar un contrato de servicio directamente con `Digiflow " +"` _." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:176 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proporcione sus credenciales SOL." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -8296,20 +8333,26 @@ msgid "" "to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " "consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" +"En caso de que su empresa quiera firmar directamente con la SUNAT, es " +"posible seleccionar esta opción en su configuración. En este caso es " +"necesario considerar: - Obtener la aceptación del proceso de Certificación " +"SUNAT." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:193 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proporcione sus credenciales SOL." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:197 msgid "Testing environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambiente de Pruebas" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 msgid "" "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " "company goes into production." msgstr "" +"Odoo proporciona un entorno de prueba que se puede activar antes de que su " +"empresa entre en producción." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -8317,12 +8360,17 @@ msgid "" "buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " "default." msgstr "" +"Al utilizar el entorno de prueba y la firma IAP, no es necesario que compre " +"créditos de prueba para sus transacciones, ya que todos ellos están " +"validados de forma predeterminada." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 msgid "" "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " "the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" +"De forma predeterminada, las bases de datos están configuradas para trabajar" +" en producción, asegúrese de habilitar el modo de prueba si es necesario." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -8330,6 +8378,9 @@ msgid "" "signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " "Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" +"En caso de que no utilice Odoo IAP, para generar la firma de factura " +"electrónica, se requiere un certificado digital con la extensión `` .pfx ''." +" Acceda a esta sección y cargue su archivo y contraseña." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -8337,22 +8388,31 @@ msgid "" " Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " "automatically or manually." msgstr "" +"El tipo de cambio de moneda oficial en Perú es proporcionado por el Banco " +"Central de Reserva del Peru. Odoo puede conectarse directamente a sus " +"servicios y obtener el tipo de cambio de forma automática o manual." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:229 msgid "" "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " "about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." msgstr "" +"Consulte la siguiente sección de nuestra documentación para obtener más " +"información sobre: doc: `multicurrency <../../ others / multicurrencies / " +"how_it_works>`." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:239 msgid "" "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " "their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" +"Como parte del módulo de localización, los impuestos se crean " +"automáticamente con su cuenta financiera relacionada y la configuración de " +"factura electrónica." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:247 msgid "EDI Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuración EDI" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -8360,22 +8420,31 @@ msgid "" "electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " "but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" +"Como parte de la configuración de impuestos, hay tres nuevos campos " +"requeridos para la factura electrónica, los impuestos creados por defecto " +"tienen estos datos incluidos, pero en caso de que cree nuevos impuestos " +"asegúrese de completar los campos:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:261 msgid "" "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" " Peruvian localization." msgstr "" +"Hay dos posiciones fiscales principales incluidas de forma predeterminada " +"cuando instala la localización peruana." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:263 msgid "" "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " "Exportation transactions." msgstr "" +"** Extranjero - Exportación **: Establece esta posición fiscal en clientes " +"para transacciones de Exportación." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" +"** Perú local **: establezca esta posición fiscal en los clientes locales." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -8384,6 +8453,10 @@ msgid "" "types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " "SUNAT." msgstr "" +"En algunos países de América Latina, incluido Perú, algunas transacciones " +"contables como facturas y facturas de proveedor se clasifican por tipos de " +"documentos, definidos por las autoridades fiscales del gobierno, en este " +"caso por la SUNAT." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -8392,28 +8465,39 @@ msgid "" "country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" +"Cada tipo de documento puede tener una secuencia única por diario donde se " +"asigna. Como parte de la localización, el Tipo de documento incluye el país " +"en el que se aplica el documento; los datos se crean automáticamente cuando " +"se instala el módulo de localización." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:278 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" +"La información requerida para los tipos de documentos se incluye de forma " +"predeterminada, por lo que el usuario no necesita completar nada en esta " +"vista:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:286 msgid "" "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," " Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" +"Actualmente los documentos soportados en las facturas de los clientes son: " +"Factura, Boleta, Nota de Débito y Nota de Crédito." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 msgid "" "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " "addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" +"Al crear los diarios de ventas, se debe completar la siguiente información, " +"además de los campos estándar:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 msgid "Use Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usa documentos" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -8422,6 +8506,11 @@ msgid "" "related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " "default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" +"Este campo se utiliza para definir si el diario utiliza tipos de documentos." +" Solo es aplicable a los diarios de Compras y Ventas, que son los que se " +"pueden relacionar con los diferentes tipos de documentos disponibles en " +"Perú. De forma predeterminada, todos los diarios de ventas creados utilizan " +"documentos." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:303 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" @@ -8432,12 +8521,16 @@ msgid "" "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " "we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" +"En esta sección se indica qué flujo de trabajo de EDI se utiliza en la " +"factura, para Perú debemos seleccionar “Perú UBL 2.1”." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:313 msgid "" "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " "uncheck it manually." msgstr "" +"Por defecto, el valor Factur-X (FR) siempre se muestra, asegúrese de " +"desmarcarlo manualmente." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:321 msgid "" @@ -8446,6 +8539,11 @@ msgid "" "essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " "customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" +"Como parte de la localización peruana, los tipos de identificación definidos" +" por la SUNAT ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, esta " +"información es esencial para la mayoría de las transacciones ya sea en la " +"empresa remitente y en el cliente, asegúrese de completar esta información " +"en sus registros." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:331 msgid "Product" @@ -8457,6 +8555,9 @@ msgid "" "localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " "configured." msgstr "" +"Adicional a la información básica en sus productos, para la localización " +"peruana, el Código UNSPSC en el producto es un valor requerido para ser " +"configurado." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:345 msgid "Customer invoice" @@ -8464,7 +8565,7 @@ msgstr "Factura de cliente" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "EDI Elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elementos EDI" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:350 msgid "" @@ -8474,12 +8575,20 @@ msgid "" "<../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of " "fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya configurado sus datos maestros, las facturas se pueden " +"crear a partir de su orden de venta o bien manualmente. Además de la " +"información básica de la factura que se describe en: doc: `nuestra página " +"sobre el proceso de facturación <../../ cobivables / customer_invoices / " +"overview>`, hay un par de campos obligatorios como parte del EDI de Perú:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:355 msgid "" "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " "manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" +"**Tipo de documento**: el valor predeterminado es \"Factura Electrónica\", " +"pero puede cambiar manualmente el tipo de documento si es necesario y " +"seleccionar Boleta, por ejemplo." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:362 msgid "" @@ -8488,6 +8597,10 @@ msgid "" "another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " "Goods." msgstr "" +"**Tipo de operación**: Este valor es obligatorio para la Factura Electrónica" +" e indica el tipo de transacción, el valor predeterminado es \"Venta " +"Interna\" pero se puede seleccionar otro valor manualmente cuando sea " +"necesario, por ejemplo Exportación de Mercancías." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:370 msgid "" @@ -8497,6 +8610,12 @@ msgid "" "are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " "manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" +"** Motivo de Afectación del EDI **: En las líneas de la factura, adicional " +"al Impuesto hay un campo “Motivo de Afectación EDI” que determina el alcance" +" del impuesto en base a la lista de la SUNAT que se despliega. Todos los " +"impuestos cargados por defecto están asociados con un motivo de afecto EDI " +"predeterminado, si es necesario, puede seleccionar manualmente otro al crear" +" la factura." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -8505,17 +8624,23 @@ msgid "" "the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " "following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que verifique que toda la información en su factura es correcta, " +"puede proceder a validarla. Esta acción registra el movimiento de la cuenta " +"y activa el flujo de Factura Electrónica para enviarla a la OSE y la SUNAT. " +"El siguiente mensaje se muestra en la parte superior de la factura:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:390 msgid "" "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " "invoice has been posted." msgstr "" +"Asincrónico significa que el documento no se envía automáticamente después " +"de que se haya contabilizado la factura." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:393 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:487 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estado de Factura Electrónica" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -8524,6 +8649,10 @@ msgid "" "runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " "button “Sent now”." msgstr "" +"**Para ser enviado**: Para ser enviado: Indica que el documento está listo " +"para ser enviado al OSE, esto puede ser hecho automáticamente por Odoo con " +"un *cron* que se ejecuta cada hora, o el usuario puede enviarlo " +"inmediatamente por haciendo clic en el botón \"Enviado ahora\"." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -8531,6 +8660,10 @@ msgid "" "validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " "is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" +"**Enviado**: Indica que el documento fue enviado a la OSE y fue validado " +"exitosamente. Como parte de la validación, se descarga un archivo ZIP y se " +"registra un mensaje en el chatter que indica la validación gubernamental es " +"correcta." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:411 msgid "" @@ -8538,6 +8671,9 @@ msgid "" " “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " "again." msgstr "" +"En caso de que exista un error de validación el estado de la Factura " +"Electrónica permanece en “A enviar” para que se puedan realizar las " +"correcciones y la factura se pueda enviar nuevamente." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:415 msgid "" @@ -8545,6 +8681,9 @@ msgid "" " this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " "time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" +"Se consume un crédito cada vez que envía un documento para su validación, en" +" este sentido si se detecta un error en una factura y la envía una vez más, " +"se consumen dos créditos en total." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -8552,10 +8691,14 @@ msgid "" "when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " "the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" +"Hay varias razones detrás de un rechazo por parte de la OSE o la SUNAT, " +"cuando esto sucede, Odoo envía un mensaje en la parte superior de la factura" +" indicando los detalles del error y, en los casos más comunes, una ayuda " +"funcional para solucionar el problema." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si se recibe un error de validación, tiene dos opciones:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 msgid "" @@ -8563,6 +8706,10 @@ msgid "" "taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " "identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" +"En caso de que el error esté relacionado con datos maestros de la empresa, " +"cliente o impuestos, simplemente puede aplicar el cambio en el registro " +"(ejemplo tipo de identificación de cliente) y una vez hecho esto, haga clic " +"en el botón Reintentar." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:431 msgid "" @@ -8571,12 +8718,19 @@ msgid "" " to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" " again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" +"Si el error está relacionado con algunos datos registrados en la factura " +"directamente (tipo de operación, datos faltantes en las líneas de factura), " +"la solución correcta es restablecer la factura a Borrador, aplicar los " +"cambios y luego enviar la factura nuevamente a la SUNAT para otra " +"validación." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:440 msgid "" "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " "`_." msgstr "" +"Para obtener más detalles, consulte `Errores comunes en SUNAT " +"` _." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -8584,6 +8738,9 @@ msgid "" "report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" " is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la factura es aceptada y validada por la SUNAT, se puede " +"imprimir el informe en PDF de la factura. El informe incluye un código QR, " +"que indica que la factura es un documento fiscal válido." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:454 msgid "IAP Credits" @@ -8595,6 +8752,9 @@ msgid "" "consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " "order to process your transactions." msgstr "" +"El IAP electrónico de Odoo ofrece 1000 créditos de forma gratuita, una vez " +"que estos créditos se consumen en su base de datos de producción, su empresa" +" debe comprar nuevos créditos para procesar sus transacciones." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:459 msgid "" @@ -8602,17 +8762,23 @@ msgid "" "invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " "them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" +"Una vez que se quede sin créditos, se mostrará una etiqueta roja en la parte" +" superior de la factura que indica que se requieren créditos adicionales, " +"puede comprarlos fácilmente accediendo al enlace provisto en el mensaje." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:467 msgid "" "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " "number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" +"En el servicio IAP se incluyen paquetes con diferentes precios en función de" +" la cantidad de créditos. La lista de precios en el IAP siempre se muestra " +"en EUR." #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:474 #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:510 msgid "Cancelation process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proceso de Cancelación" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:476 msgid "" @@ -8621,6 +8787,10 @@ msgid "" "the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " "Cancellation:" msgstr "" +"Algunos escenarios requieren la cancelación de una factura, por ejemplo, " +"cuando se creó una factura por error. Si la factura ya fue enviada y " +"validada por la SUNAT, la forma correcta de proceder es haciendo clic en el " +"botón Solicitar Cancelación:" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:484 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 67a0d245a..4331c6c69 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ # Katerina Katapodi , 2020 # Miguel Orueta , 2020 # Susanna Pujol, 2020 +# renodoo , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Susanna Pujol, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: renodoo , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -5627,7 +5628,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Como funciona?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 msgid "Pull Rules" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 6e7104a0b..2b51bfc0f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,10 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2020 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2020 -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 -# AleEscandon , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # #, fuzzy @@ -15,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -33,443 +29,557 @@ msgstr "Compra" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzado" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" -"Si su empresa compra regularmente productos de varios proveedores, sería " -"útil obtener estadísticas sobre sus compras. Hay varias razones para " -"realizar un seguimiento y analizar el rendimiento de su proveedor:" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "Usted puede ver cómo depende de un proveedor de su empresa es;" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "Puede negociar descuentos en precios;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Puede chequear el promedio de tiempo de entrega por proveedor;" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, un distribuidor de productos para las TI que emite decenas de " -"órdenes de compra a varios proveedores cada semana puede querer a medida " -"cada producto, el precio total pagado por cada proveedor y el retraso en la " -"entrega. Las ideas recogidas por la compañía ayudará a analizar mejor, " -"pronosticar y planificar sus futuros pedidos." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Instalación el módulo de Gestión de Compras" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -"Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, busque e instale el módulo de **Gestión " -"de Compras**." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Expedir algunas órdenes de compra" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Analizando sus vendedores" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Generar reportes flexibles" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" -"Usted tiene acceso a las actuaciones de los proveedores en el menú de " -"Informes. De forma predeterminada, los grupos de informes de todas las " -"órdenes de compra estarán en una tabla dinámica por **precio total**, " -"**cantidad de producto** y el **precio promedio** para **cada mes** y para " -"**cada proveedor**. Por el simple hecho de acceder a este informe básico, se" -" puede obtener una visión general rápida de su desempeño real. Usted puede " -"agregar una gran cantidad de datos adicionales para su informe haciendo clic" -" en el icono de **Medidas**." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -"Al hacer click en los icono **+** y **-**, puede despleagar su informe hacía" -" arriba o abajo con el fin de cambiar la forma de la informacion en la que " -"está visualizada. Por ejemplo, si quiere ver todos los productos adqueridos " -"de este mes, solo necesito hacer un click en el icono **+** en el eje " -"vertical y luego hacer click en el producto. " -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -"En función de los datos que desea poner al inicio, puede que tenga que " -"mostrar sus informes en una vista más visual. Usted puede transformar su " -"informe en un solo clic en 3 vistas de gráfico: un **Gráfico Circular**, " -"**Gráfico de Barras** y ** Gráfico de líneas**: Estas vistas son accesibles " -"a través de los iconos resaltados en la pantalla de abajo ." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" -"Por el contrario a la tabla dinámica, un gráfico que sólo puede ser " -"calculado con un dependiente y una medida independiente." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Personalizar reportes" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente sus reportes dependiendo de sus " -"necesidades. Para hacerlo, es necesario usar la **Vista de búsqueda " -"avanzada** situada en el lado derecho de la pantalla, haciendo clic en el " -"icono de la lupa en el extremo del botón de la barra de búsqueda. Esta " -"función le permite resaltar sólo los datos seleccionados en su informe. La " -"opción de **filtros** es muy útil con el fin de mostrar algunas categorías " -"de datos, mientras que la opción de **Grupo de** mejora la legibilidad de " -"los informes. Observe que puede filtrar y agrupar por cualquier campo " -"existente, haciendo que su personalización sea muy flexible y potente." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -"Puede guardar y volver a utilizar cualquier filtro personalizado haciendo " -"clic en **Favoritos** de la **Vista de Búsqueda Avanzada** y luego en " -"**Guardar Búsqueda Actual**. Entonces el filtro guardado será accesible " -"desde el menú de **Favoritos**." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "Dropshipping" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Acuerdos de compra" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 @@ -477,67 +587,132 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solución de problemas" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -579,28 +754,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -610,7 +785,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -618,18 +793,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -637,19 +812,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -659,13 +834,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -678,31 +853,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po index c1f8800fe..1af2568b1 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # Xavier Belmere , 2020 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,11 +31,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing.rst:5 msgid "Contributing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contribuer" #: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Contributing to the documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contribuer à la documentation" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 msgid "Content guidelines" @@ -47,6 +48,11 @@ msgid "" "brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " "rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." msgstr "" +"Pour donner à la communauté la meilleure documentation possible, nous avons " +"répertorié ici quelques conseils et astuces qui feront briller votre contenu" +" sous son meilleur jour! Bien que nous vous encourageons à adopter votre " +"propre style d'écriture, certaines règles s'appliquent toujours pour donner " +"au lecteur plus de clarté et de compréhension." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -55,24 +61,29 @@ msgid "" "and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " "contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." msgstr "" +"Nous recommandons vivement aux contributeurs de lire attentivement les " +"autres documents de cette section *Contribution*. Une bonne connaissance des" +" tenants et aboutissants de la **rédaction RST** est requise pour rédiger et" +" soumettre votre contribution. Notez que cela affecte également votre style " +"d'écriture lui-même." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`introduction_guide`" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 msgid "Writing style" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Style d'écriture" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -81,14 +92,19 @@ msgid "" " information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " "is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." msgstr "" +"**Ecrire de la documentation** est assez différent de la rédaction pour un " +"blog ou un autre support. Les lecteurs sont plus susceptibles de parcourir " +"le contenu en diagonale jusqu'à ce qu'ils aient trouvé les informations " +"qu'ils recherchent. Gardez à l'esprit que la documentation utilisateur est " +"un lieu pour informer et décrire, non pour convaincre et promouvoir." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 msgid "Consistency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cohérence" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*La cohérence est la clé.*" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -96,10 +112,13 @@ msgid "" "existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " "it to match your own style." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que votre style d'écriture reste **cohérent**. Si vous modifiez" +" un texte existant, essayez de faire correspondre le ton et la présentation," +" ou réécrivez-le pour qu'il corresponde à votre propre style." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 msgid "Grammatical tenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Temps grammaticaux" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -107,35 +126,44 @@ msgid "" "Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" " to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." msgstr "" +"En anglais, les descriptions et les instructions nécessitent l'utilisation " +"du **présent**, tandis que le *futur* n'est approprié que lorsqu'un " +"événement spécifique doit se produire ultérieurement. Cette logique peut " +"être différente dans d'autres langues." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Good example (present):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bon exemple (présent) :" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "" "*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" msgstr "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Bad example (future):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mauvais exemple (futur) :" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "" "*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " "to fit the content block's width.*" msgstr "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 msgid "Paragraphing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisation des paragraphes" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 msgid "" "A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " "They usually are two to six lines long." msgstr "" +"Un paragraphe comprend plusieurs phrases liées par une idée partagée. Ils " +"comportent généralement de deux à six lignes." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -153,27 +181,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 msgid "Titles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Titres" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 msgid "To write a good title :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour écrire un bon titre :" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 msgid "**Be concise.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Soyez concis.**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" msgstr "" +"**Évitez les phrases**, les questions et les titres commençant par \"comment" +" faire\"." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" msgstr "" +"**N'utilisez pas de pronoms** dans vos titres, en particulier la 2ème " +"personne (*votre*)" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 msgid "Document's structure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Structure du document" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -181,10 +213,13 @@ msgid "" "sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " "the side." msgstr "" +"Utilisez différents **niveaux de titres** pour organiser votre texte par " +"sections et sous-sections. Vos titres sont également affichés dans une " +"*barre de navigation* dynamique sur le côté." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "**H1: Page Title**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**H1 : Titre de la page**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -192,6 +227,9 @@ msgid "" "your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " "contents*." msgstr "" +"Votre *titre de page* donne à votre lecteur une compréhension rapide et " +"claire de l'objet de votre contenu. Il est également référencé dans la " +"*table des matières* de la section." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -199,6 +237,9 @@ msgid "" "**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " "is documentation and not marketing." msgstr "" +"Le *contenu* de cette section décrit le contenu à venir d'un **point de vue " +"business**, et ne doit pas mettre l'accent sur Odoo, car il s'agit de " +"documentation et non de marketing." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -206,10 +247,13 @@ msgid "" " they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " "topic** in the following paragraphs." msgstr "" +"Commencez par un **paragraphe principal**, qui aide le lecteur à s'assurer " +"qu'il a trouvé la bonne page, puis expliquez les **aspects commerciaux de ce" +" sujet** dans les paragraphes suivants." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**H2 : Titre de la section (configuration)**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -217,10 +261,14 @@ msgid "" "prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " "the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." msgstr "" +"Cette première section H2 concerne la configuration de la fonctionnalité ou " +"les prérequis pour atteindre un objectif spécifique. Pour ajouter un chemin," +" assurez-vous d'utiliser la directive spécialisée ``:menuselection:`` (voir " +"lien ci-dessous)." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "Example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemple :" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -230,27 +278,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**H2 : Titre de la section (sections principales)**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "" "Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." " The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." msgstr "" +"Créez autant de sections principales que vous avez d'actions ou de " +"fonctionnalités à distinguer. Le titre peut commencer par un verbe, mais " +"essayez d'éviter d'utiliser \"Créer ...\"." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "**H3: Subsection**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**H3 : sous-section**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 msgid "" "Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" " in the form of a question, if appropriate." msgstr "" +"Les sous-sections sont parfaites pour évaluer des points très spécifiques. " +"Le titre peut prendre la forme d'une question, le cas échéant." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 msgid "**H2: Next Section**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**H2 : Section suivante**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings `" @@ -273,6 +326,10 @@ msgid "" "necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " "page." msgstr "" +"L'ajout de quelques images pour illustrer votre texte aide les lecteurs à " +"comprendre et à mémoriser votre contenu. Cependant, évitez d'ajouter trop " +"d'images : il n'est pas nécessaire d'illustrer toutes les étapes et " +"fonctionnalités, et cela peut surcharger votre page." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -291,14 +348,22 @@ msgid "" "small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " "full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." msgstr "" +"Les captures d'écran sont automatiquement redimensionnées pour s'adapter à " +"la largeur du bloc de contenu. Cela implique que les captures d'écran ne " +"peuvent pas être trop larges, sinon elles apparaîtront très petites à " +"l'écran. Par conséquent, nous vous recommandons d'éviter de prendre des " +"captures d'écran d'un affichage plein écran de l'application, à moins que " +"cela ne soit pertinent." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quelques conseils pour améliorer vos captures d'écran :" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." msgstr "" +"**Zoomez** dans votre navigateur. Nous recommandons un zoom de 110% pour de " +"meilleurs résultats." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -306,16 +371,24 @@ msgid "" "by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " "resizing the width." msgstr "" +"**Redimensionnez** la largeur de votre navigateur, soit en *redimensionnant " +"la fenêtre* elle-même, soit en ouvrant les *outils de développement du " +"navigateur* (appuyez sur la touche `` F12``) et en redimensionnant la " +"largeur." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." msgstr "" +"**Sélectionnez** la zone appropriée, plutôt que de conserver la fenêtre " +"complète." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 msgid "" "If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " "and to narrow even more Odoo's display." msgstr "" +"Si nécessaire, vous pouvez **modifier** la capture d'écran pour supprimer " +"les champs inutiles et affiner encore plus l'affichage d'Odoo." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -323,10 +396,14 @@ msgid "" "responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " "width." msgstr "" +"Le redimensionnement de la largeur de la fenêtre est l'étape la plus " +"importante à réaliser car la conception réactive d'Odoo redimensionne " +"automatiquement tous les champs pour qu'ils correspondent à la largeur de la" +" fenêtre." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 msgid "ALT tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tags ALT" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 msgid "" @@ -336,26 +413,32 @@ msgid "" "understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " "the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." msgstr "" +"Un **tag ALT** est une *alternative textuelle* à une image. Ce texte " +"s'affiche si le navigateur ne parvient pas à afficher l'image. Il est " +"également utile pour les utilisateurs malvoyants. Enfin, il aide les moteurs" +" de recherche, comme Google, à comprendre en quoi consiste l'image et à " +"l'indexer correctement, ce qui améliore considérablement le :abbr:`SEO " +"(Search Engine Optimization)`." #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 msgid "Good ALT tags are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les bons tags ALT sont :" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Court** (une ligne maximum)" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Pas une répétition** d'une phrase ou d'un titre précédent" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une **bonne description** de l'action qui se passe sur l'image" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facilement **compréhensible** si lu à haute voix" #: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive `" @@ -363,13 +446,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 msgid "Introduction guide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Guide d'introduction" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 msgid "" "**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " "documentation of Odoo!**" msgstr "" +"**Tout d'abord, merci d'être arrivé jusqu'ici et de nous aider à améliorer " +"la documentation utilisateur d'Odoo!**" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -377,6 +462,10 @@ msgid "" "need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" " or document an application from scratch." msgstr "" +"Ce guide d'introduction vous aidera à acquérir les outils et les " +"connaissances dont vous avez besoin afin de rédiger de la documentation, que" +" vous envisagiez d'apporter une modification mineure au contenu ou de " +"documenter une application à partir de zéro." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -387,6 +476,12 @@ msgid "" "alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " "`_." msgstr "" +"Ce tutoriel concerne uniquement la `documentation utilisateur " +"`_ d'Odoo. La " +"documentation pour `développer dans Odoo " +"` _ est maintenue avec" +" le code source d'Odoo à `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"`_." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 msgid "reStructuredText" @@ -421,7 +516,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`content_guidelines`" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 msgid "Getting started" @@ -432,12 +527,18 @@ msgid "" "As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " "account. Click `here `_ to create one." msgstr "" +"Comme notre documentation est maintenue sur GitHub, vous aurez besoin d'un " +"compte GitHub gratuit. Cliquez `ici `_ pour en " +"créer un." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " "work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" msgstr "" +"Selon que vous souhaitiez mettre à jour du contenu existant, ou plutôt " +"travailler sur un nouveau contenu et modifier les fichiers, vous avez deux " +"pistes d'action :" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -447,6 +548,13 @@ msgid "" "documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " ":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." msgstr "" +"**Pour de petits changements** dans les fichiers ``.rst`` uniquement, " +"c'est-à-dire l'ajout/l'édition de paragraphes ou de fautes de frappe, **nous" +" vous suggérons d'utiliser l'interface GitHub**. C'est le moyen le plus " +"simple et le plus rapide de soumettre votre demande de modification de la " +"documentation et convient aux personnes non techniques. Lisez " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` pour savoir comment utiliser cette " +"méthode." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -455,10 +563,15 @@ msgid "" "requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" "workflow` for more information on this method." msgstr "" +"**Pour les cas plus complexes**, il est nécessaire **d'utiliser Git et de " +"travailler à partir d'une copie locale de la documentation**. Cette méthode " +"semble intimidante mais ne nécessite que des connaissances de base de Git. " +"Voir :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-workflow` pour plus d'informations sur" +" cette méthode." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 msgid "Use the GitHub interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisez l'interface GitHub" #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -466,12 +579,17 @@ msgid "" "intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " "menu." msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que vous parcourez la documentation dans la version que vous " +"souhaitez modifier. La version peut être sélectionnée dans la liste " +"déroulante du menu supérieur." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 msgid "" "Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " "GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." msgstr "" +"Rendez-vous sur la page que vous souhaitez modifier et cliquez sur le bouton" +" **Modifier sur GitHub** en bas du menu de gauche." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -481,6 +599,11 @@ msgid "" " entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" " this step." msgstr "" +"Si vous ne disposez pas des droits d'édition sur le référentiel (`odoo" +"/documentation-user `_), vous " +"devez le fourcher en cliquant sur le bouton approprié. En d'autres termes, " +"vous créez une copie de l'ensemble du référentiel sur votre propre compte. " +"Si vous disposez des droits de modification, ignorez cette étape." #: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 41b93d9a9..aac3cbf2f 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ # Translators: # David David , 2020 # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 -# Cécile Collart , 2020 # Sébastien BÜHL , 2020 # Renaud de Colombel , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Fernanda Marques , 2021 +# Cécile Collart , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -385,6 +385,11 @@ msgid "" "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " "multiple industries." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez décider de filtrer les pistes que vous obtenez en fonction de la" +" taille (nombre d'employés) des entreprises. Vous pouvez choisir les pays " +"d'où proviennent vos pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs pays." +" Vous pouvez sélectionner les secteurs d'activité d'où proviennent vos " +"pistes. Il est possible de sélectionner plusieurs industries." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -415,6 +420,13 @@ msgid "" "Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" " Services`." msgstr "" +"Il s'agit d'une fonctionnalité d'achat In-App, chaque piste générée vous " +"coûtera un crédit. Si vous décidez d'obtenir des informations de contact, " +"chaque contact vous coûtera aussi un crédit supplémentaire. Voici le coût de" +" cette `fonctionnalité `__. " +"Pour acheter des crédits, vous pouvez soit aller dans :menuselection:`CRM " +"--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Acheter des crédits` ; soit dans " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Achats In-App --> Voir mes Services`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -513,12 +525,20 @@ msgid "" "motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " "inspired by game mechanics." msgstr "" +"Encourager vos employés à atteindre des cibles précises avec des objectifs " +"et des récompenses est un excellent moyen de renforcer les bonnes habitudes " +"et d'améliorer la productivité de vos vendeurs. Le module Émulation d'Odoo " +"vous donne des moyens simples et créatifs pour motiver et évaluer vos " +"employés avec la reconnaissance en temps réel et des badges inspirés par " +"l'univers du jeu." #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 msgid "" "Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" " some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." msgstr "" +"Installez le module *Emulation*, ou *Emulation CRM*, qui ajoute des données " +"utiles (objectifs et défis) utilisables sur *CRM/Ventes*." #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" @@ -543,26 +563,29 @@ msgid "" "one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " "challenge as follows:" msgstr "" +"Un défi est une mission que vous envoyez à votre équipe commerciale. Il peut" +" inclure un ou plusieurs objectifs, fixés pour une période de temps " +"spécifique. Configurez votre défi comme suit :" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Affecter les commerciaux à interpeller;" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 msgid "Assign a responsible;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Affectez un responsable;" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez la périodicité avec la date de début et de fin;" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 msgid "Select your goals;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionnez vos objectifs;" #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez vos récompenses (badges)." #: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index b78cde641..96be285f7 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -6,20 +6,20 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Jérôme Tanché , 2020 -# Cécile Collart , 2020 # kaj nithi , 2020 # Renaud de Colombel , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-11-02 12:05+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,6 +38,8 @@ msgstr "Avancé" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" msgstr "" +"Comment utiliser mon serveur de messagerie pour envoyer et recevoir des " +"emails dans Odoo" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." @@ -108,6 +110,12 @@ msgid "" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" +"Les serveurs de messagerie Office 365 ne permettent pas facilement d'envoyer" +" des emails externes à partir d'hôtes comme Odoo. Reportez-vous à la " +"documentation de Microsoft `__ pour le faire " +"fonctionner." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" @@ -278,13 +286,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Restriction" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" "Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," " 465 or 2525." msgstr "" +"Veuillez noter que le port 25 est bloqué pour des raisons de sécurité. " +"Essayez d'utiliser 587, 465 ou 2525." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" @@ -467,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez-le et comprenez quelques concepts" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -481,6 +491,9 @@ msgid "" "**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " "unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" +"**Il est fortement recommandé de ne pas modifier le contenu des modèles " +"existants à moins que l'utilisateur n'ait des connaissances préalables à " +"propos des espaces réservés.**" #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -488,6 +501,9 @@ msgid "" "template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " "job applicants." msgstr "" +"Pour en ajouter un nouveau, cliquez sur *Créer* et choisissez le type de " +"document avec lequel ce modèle est utilisé. Dans l'exemple ci-dessous, le " +"modèle serait envoyé aux candidats." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -495,18 +511,26 @@ msgid "" "(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " "default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" +"Sous *Configuration des emails*, des champs tels que *De*, *À (emails)*, *À " +"(partenaires)*, nécessitent des espaces réservés. Si le champ *De* n'est pas" +" défini, la valeur par défaut est l'alias de l'adresse email de l'auteur, " +"s'il est configuré, ou l'adresse email." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " "with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" +"Sous *Paramètres avancés*, si un *Serveur de courrier sortant* n'est pas " +"défini, celui avec la priorité la plus élevée est utilisé." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" "The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," " saving space in your database." msgstr "" +"L'option *Suppression automatique* supprime définitivement les emails après " +"leur envoi, économisant ainsi de l'espace dans votre base de données." #: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" @@ -537,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancez-vous sur Discuter" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -547,16 +571,24 @@ msgid "" " applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " "transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" +"L'app Discuter vous permet de rassembler toutes les communications de votre " +"entreprise via des messages, des notes et des discussions. Partagez des " +"informations, des projets, des fichiers, hiérarchisez les tâches et restez " +"connecté avec vos collègues et partenaires d'une application à l'autre. " +"Forgez de meilleures relations, augmentez la productivité et la transparence" +" en promouvant un moyen pratique de communiquer." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Choose your notifications preference" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Choisissez vos préférences de notifications" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " "to be handled." msgstr "" +"Accédez à vos *Préférences* et choisissez la manière dont vous souhaitez que" +" vos notifications soient traitées." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -568,6 +600,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" +"Les messages peuvent alors être marqués comme *A faire*, *Répondus* ou *Lus" +" *." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -577,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "Start Chatting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commencer à discuter" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -586,18 +620,27 @@ msgid "" "accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" +"La première fois que vous vous connectez à votre compte, OdooBot vous envoie" +" un message vous demandant la permission de recevoir des notifications pour " +"les chats. Si vous acceptez, vous recevez des notifications push pour les " +"messages qui vous sont envoyés, peu importe où vous vous trouvez dans Odoo." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" +"Pour ne plus recevoir de notifications, réinitialisez les paramètres de " +"notification de votre navigateur." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" +"Pour démarrer un chat, cliquez sur *Nouveau message* dans le *Menu " +"Messagerie*, ou allez dans l'application *Discuter* et envoyer un *Message " +"direct*." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -606,19 +649,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mentions dans le chat et sur le Chatter" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 msgid "" "To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " "to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" +"Pour mentionner un utilisateur dans un chat ou dans le chatter, tapez " +"*@nomdelutilisateur*; pour faire référence à un canal, tapez *#nomducanal*." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" +"Une notification est envoyée à l'utilisateur mentionné soit dans sa *boîte " +"de réception*, soit par email, en fonction de ses paramètres." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -627,10 +674,14 @@ msgid "" "record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'un utilisateur est mentionné, la liste de recherche (liste de noms) " +"suggère des valeurs d'abord basées sur les abonnés de la tâche, puis sur " +"*Employés*. Si l'enregistrement recherché ne correspond ni à un abonné ni à " +"un employé, l'étendue de la recherche passe à tous les partenaires." #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 msgid "Chat status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Statut du chat" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -642,32 +693,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 msgid "Green = online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vert = en ligne" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 msgid "Orange = away" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Orange = absent" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "White = offline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blanc = pas en ligne" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avion = en congé" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`team_communication`" #: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Soyez organisé grâce à la planification d'activités" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -676,26 +727,35 @@ msgid "" "that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " "of having overlapping actions between team members." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous planifiez des activités, vous minimisez le risque " +"d'incertitudes, tout en donnant des instructions claires pour le déroulement" +" de votre prochaine action. De plus, vous ne laissez pas de place pour des " +"activités inutiles et réduisez le risque d'avoir des actions qui se " +"chevauchent entre les membres de l'équipe." #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Où puis-je voir mes activités programmées?" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 msgid "" "Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " "*Activities* menu." msgstr "" +"Accédez et gérez vos activités où que vous soyez dans Odoo grâce au menu " +"*Activités*." #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 msgid "Plan activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planifiez des activités" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 msgid "" "Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " "*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" +"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées à partir du chatter en " +"cliquant sur *Planifier une activité*, ou via les vues Kanban." #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" @@ -713,31 +773,38 @@ msgid "" "If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" " to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" +"Si vous devez créer un type d'activité avec un calendrier disponible, " +"assurez-vous de le créer avec une *Action à effectuer* définie en tant que " +"*Réunion*." #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 msgid "Recommend next activities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recommandez les prochaines activités" #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" "Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " "*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" +"Odoo vous aide à planifier un flux d'activités en vous permettant de définir" +" des *Activités suivantes recommandées*." #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" "Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" " next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" +"Une fois l'activité respective terminée, sélectionnez *Terminé et planifier " +"la suivante* et les étapes suivantes vous sont suggérées." #: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`get_started`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`get_started`" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Communiquez efficacement à l'aide des canaux" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -746,16 +813,22 @@ msgid "" "communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " "latest developments." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser des canaux pour organiser des discussions entre des " +"équipes individuelles, des services, des projets ou tout autre groupe " +"nécessitant une communication régulière. De cette façon, vous gardez tout le" +" monde au courant des derniers événements." #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 msgid "Public and Private channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Canaux publics et privés" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " "visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" +"Un canal *Public* peut être vu par tout le monde, tandis qu'un canal *Privé*" +" n'est visible que par les utilisateurs qui y sont invités." #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -764,20 +837,28 @@ msgid "" "whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " "specific department)." msgstr "" +"Il est mieux d'utiliser un canal public lorsque de nombreux employés ont " +"besoin d'accéder à des informations (telles que les annonces de " +"l'entreprise), alors qu'un canal privé peut être utilisé chaque fois que les" +" informations doivent être limitées à des groupes spécifiques (comme un " +"service spécifique)." #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Options de configuration" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" "You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" " clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer le nom, la description, l'alias de l'adresse email et" +" la confidentialité d'un canal en cliquant sur l'icône *Paramètres du canal*" +" dans la barre latérale." #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Confidentialité et membres" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -836,6 +917,8 @@ msgid "" "Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " "messages." msgstr "" +"Les modérateurs peuvent: *Accepter*, *Rejeter*, *Ignorer*, *Toujours " +"autoriser* ou *Interdire* les messages." #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -851,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Barre de recherche rapide" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -860,16 +943,23 @@ msgid "" "*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" " and quickly find the one you need." msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'au moins 20 canaux, messages directs et conversations de chat en" +" direct (si le module est installé sur votre base de données), sont épinglés" +" dans la barre latérale, une barre *Recherche rapide…* s'affiche. C'est un " +"moyen intelligent de filtrer les conversations et de trouver rapidement " +"celle dont vous avez besoin." #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trouvez des canaux" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " "channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur *Canaux* (dans la barre latérale), parcourez la liste des canaux" +" publics et rejoignez-les ou quittez-les depuis un seul écran." #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -880,4 +970,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`plan_activities`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 93574e7bb..b8f63f794 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # #, fuzzy @@ -13,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -31,447 +29,557 @@ msgstr "Achats" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancé" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" -"Si votre entreprise achète régulièrement des produits à plusieurs " -"fournisseurs, il serait utile d'obtenir des statistiques sur vos achats. Il " -"y a plusieurs raisons de suivre et d'analyser les performances de vos " -"fournisseurs :" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez voir combien votre entreprise est dépendante d'un fournisseur;" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "vous pouvez négocier des remises sur les tarifs;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Vous pouvez vérifier le délai moyen de livraison par fournisseur;" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -"Par exemple, un revendeur de produits informatiques qui émet des dizaines de" -" bons de commande à plusieurs fournisseurs chaque semaine peut vouloir " -"mesurer pour chaque produit le prix total payé pour chaque fournisseur et le" -" délai de livraison. Les informations recueillies vont l'aider à mieux " -"analyser, prévoir et planifier les futures commandes." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Installez le module Gestion des achats" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -"Depuis le module **Applications**, recherchez et installez l'application de " -"**Gestion des achats**." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Emettez quelques bons de commande" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Analysez vos fournisseurs" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Générer des rapports dynamiques" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" -"Vous avez accès aux performances de vos fournisseurs dans le menu Rapports. " -"Par défaut, le rapport regroupe tous vos bons de commande dans un tableau " -"croisé dynamique, par **prix total**, **quantité de produit** et **prix " -"moyen** pour **chaque mois** et **chaque fournisseur**. En accédant à ce " -"rapport de base, vous pouvez déjà obtenir un aperçu rapide de leurs " -"performances actuelles. Vous pouvez ajouter un grand nombre de données " -"supplémentaires à votre rapport en cliquant sur l'icône **Mesures**." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur les icônes **+** et **-**, vous pouvez naviguer vers le haut" -" et le bas dans votre rapport afin de changer la façon dont les informations" -" sont affichées. Par exemple, si vous voulez voir tous les produits achetés " -"pour le mois en cours, vous devez cliquer sur l'icône **+** sur l'axe " -"vertical, puis sur \"Articles\"." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -"Selon les données que vous souhaitez mettre en évidence, vous devrez peut-" -"être afficher vos rapports d'une façon plus visuelle. D'un seul clic, vous " -"pouvez transformer votre rapport en 3 vues graphiques: un **diagramme " -"circulaire**, un **graphique en barres** et un **graphique en courbes**: Ces" -" vues sont accessibles via les icônes entourés en rouge dans la capture " -"d'écran ci-dessous ." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" -"Contrairement à un tableau croisé dynamique, un graphique ne peut être " -"calculé qu'avec une mesure dépendante et une mesure indépendante." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Rapports personnalisés" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez facilement personnaliser vos rapports d'achats pour satisfaire " -"vos besoins. Pour ce faire, utilisez la **vue Recherche avancée** située " -"dans la partie droite de votre écran, en cliquant sur l'icône loupe tout à " -"droite de la barre de recherche. Cette fonction vous permet de mettre en " -"évidence certaines données sur votre rapport. L'option **Filtres** est très " -"utile pour afficher certaines catégories de données, tandis que l'option " -"**Regrouper par** améliore la lisibilité de vos rapports. Notez que vous " -"pouvez filtrer et grouper par n'importe quel champ existant, ce qui rend " -"votre personnalisation très flexible et puissante." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez enregistrer et réutiliser un filtre personnalisé en cliquant sur" -" **Favoris** dans la **vue Recherche avancée**, puis sur **Enregistrer la " -"recherche actuelle**. Le filtre sera alors accessible depuis le menu " -"**Favoris**." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "Livraison directe" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "" -"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne vous avez besoin des modules " -"*Ventes*, *Inventaire* et *Achats*." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Conventions d'achat" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 @@ -479,69 +587,132 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Articles" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" -"Consultez également: " -":doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Dépannage" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -583,28 +754,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -614,7 +785,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -622,18 +793,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -641,19 +812,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -663,13 +834,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -682,31 +853,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 05d20ca2b..6bee8c2ef 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -29,400 +29,557 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Geavanceerd" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "Dropship" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 @@ -430,67 +587,132 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "Producten" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgid "" +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -532,28 +754,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -563,7 +785,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -571,18 +793,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -590,19 +812,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -612,13 +834,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -631,31 +853,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 8799c63c8..7350c4af6 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -73,12 +73,17 @@ msgid "" "We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " "the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" +"Recomendamos que você use a sincronização bancária para obter mais " +"eficiência. Por favor, leia a documentação relacionada: " +":doc:`bank_synchronization`." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 msgid "" "However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " "not a supported institution, you still have other options:" msgstr "" +"No entanto, se você não quiser usar a sincronização bancária ou se seu banco" +" não for uma instituição compatível, você ainda tem outras opções:" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" @@ -115,7 +120,7 @@ msgstr "Formato de Intercâmbio Quicken (.QIF)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bélgica: Extrato de conta codificado (.CODA)" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -137,6 +142,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " "and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" +"Odoo abre um **import widget** para ajudá-lo a definir o **Formatting " +"Options** e **map** as diferentes colunas que você deseja importar." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8934,7 +8941,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algeria - Accounting" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 msgid "Argentinian Accounting" @@ -8946,7 +8953,7 @@ msgstr "Relatórios de contabilidade argentinos" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 msgid "Australian - Accounting" @@ -9002,7 +9009,7 @@ msgstr "Colômbia - Contabilidade" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Colombian - Point of Sale" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" @@ -9096,7 +9103,7 @@ msgstr "Contabilidade - Indiana" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indian - Point of Sale" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" @@ -9108,7 +9115,7 @@ msgstr "Irlanda - Contabilidade" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 msgid "Israel - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Israel - Accounting" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 msgid "Italy" @@ -9132,11 +9139,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 msgid "LATAM Localization Base" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LATAM Localization Base" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 msgid "LATAM Document" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LATAM Document" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 msgid "Lithuania" @@ -9252,11 +9259,11 @@ msgstr "Suécia" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 msgid "Swedish - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Swedish - Accounting" #: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 5b1e71043..4beb9378d 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # falexandresilva , 2020 # Luiz Carareto Alonso , 2021 +# Éder Brito , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luiz Carareto Alonso , 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../fsm.rst:5 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serviço de Campo" #: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 msgid "Helpdesk" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index fe96d5cc1..a33bab9b7 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@ # PopSolutions Cooperativa Digital , 2020 # Thiago Alves Cavalcante , 2020 # Mateus Lopes , 2020 -# Vanderlei Romera , 2020 +# Vanderlei P. Romera , 2020 # lluisgustavoreis , 2020 # danimaribeiro , 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2021 +# Éder Brito , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "Autenticação" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autenticação Dois Fatores" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -50,6 +51,9 @@ msgid "" " an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " "in instead of you." msgstr "" +"A autenticação dois fatores (\"2FA\") é uma boa maneira de melhorar a " +"segurança de uma conta, para tornar menos provável que outra pessoa consiga " +"fazer login em vez de você." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -57,6 +61,9 @@ msgid "" "your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " "to log in." msgstr "" +"Praticamente, significa armazenar um segredo dentro de um * autenticador * " +"(geralmente seu telefone celular) e trocar um código do autenticador quando " +"você tenta fazer o login." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -64,6 +71,9 @@ msgid "" " and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " "than either one or the other." msgstr "" +"Isso significa que um invasor precisa de *ambos* para adivinhar (ou " +"encontrar) sua senha e para acessar (ou roubar) seu autenticador, uma " +"proposta mais difícil do que a outra." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" @@ -74,11 +84,13 @@ msgid "" "These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " "software." msgstr "" +"Essas listas são apenas exemplos, elas são endossadas de nenhum software " +"específico." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:23 msgid "" "If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se ainda não tiver um, você precisará escolher um autenticador." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -93,16 +105,29 @@ msgid "" "`1Password `_, `Bitwarden" " `_, ..." msgstr "" +"Autenticações baseadas em telefone são os mais fáceis e mais comuns, " +"portanto, presumiremos que você escolherá e instalará um em seu telefone, " +"exemplos incluem `Authy `_, `FreeOTP " +"`_, `Google Authenticator " +"`_, `LastPass " +"Authenticator `_, `Microsoft Authenticator " +"`_," +" ...; gerenciadores de senha também costumam incluir suporte de :abbr:`2FA " +"(autenticação dois fatores)`, por ex: `1Password " +"`_, `Bitwarden " +"`_, ..." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:39 msgid "" "For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " "because it is any good but because it is quite common)." msgstr "" +"Para fins de demonstração, usaremos o Google Authenticator (não porque seja " +"bom, mas porque é bastante comum)." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:43 msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando a autenticação de dois fatores" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -110,22 +135,28 @@ msgid "" " to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " ":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" msgstr "" +"Assim que tiver o autenticador de sua escolha, vá para a instância do Odoo " +"que deseja configurar a :abbr:`2FA (autenticação dois fatores)`, e abra a " +"guia :guilabel:`Preferências` (ou :guilabel:`Meu Perfil`):" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " "two-factor authentication` button:" msgstr "" +"Abra a aba :guilabel:`Segurança da Conta` e clique no botão " +":guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação dois fatores` :" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:58 msgid "" "Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " "password:" msgstr "" +"Como esta é uma ação sensível à segurança, você precisará inserir sua senha:" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:64 msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depois disso, você verá esta tela com um código de barras:" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -133,6 +164,9 @@ msgid "" "authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " "the setup:" msgstr "" +"Na maioria dos aplicativos, você pode simplesmente *ler o código de barras* " +"através do autenticador de sua escolha, o autenticador cuidará de toda a " +"configuração:" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -140,6 +174,10 @@ msgid "" "the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" " link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" msgstr "" +"Se você não puder escanear a tela (por exemplo, porque você está fazendo " +"esta configuração no mesmo telefone que o aplicativo autenticador), você " +"pode clicar no link fornecido ou copiar o secret para configurar manualmente" +" o seu autenticador:" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -147,25 +185,31 @@ msgid "" "with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " "which the code is):" msgstr "" +"Depois de fazer isso, o autenticador deve exibir um *código de verificação* " +"com algumas informações de identificação úteis (por exemplo, o domínio e " +"login para os quais o código é):" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:96 msgid "" "You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." msgstr "" +"Agora você pode inserir o código no campo :guilabel:`Código de Verificação`," +" e clicar no botão :guilabel:`Habilitar autenticação dois fatores` button." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:100 msgid "" "Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" msgstr "" +"Parabéns, sua conta agora está protegida pela autenticação dois fatores!" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:107 msgid "Logging in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logando" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:109 msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agora você deve :guilabel:`Fazer Logout` para prosseguir." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -173,12 +217,17 @@ msgid "" "you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " "enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" msgstr "" +"Na página de login, insira o nome de usuário e a senha da conta para a qual " +"você configurou a :abbr:`2FA (autenticação dois fatores)`, em vez de entrar " +"imediatamente no Odoo, você obterá uma segunda tela de login:" #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:118 msgid "" "Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " "account, validate, and you're now in." msgstr "" +"Pegue seu autenticador, insira o código que ele fornece para o domínio e " +"conta, valide e você poderá acessar." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -186,6 +235,9 @@ msgid "" "authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" " one-step process." msgstr "" +"E é isso. De agora em diante, a menos que você desative a :abbr:`2FA " +"(autenticação dois fatores)` você terá um processo de login de duas etapas " +"em vez do antigo processo de uma etapa." #: ../../general/auth/2fa.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -193,6 +245,9 @@ msgid "" "Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " "account." msgstr "" +"Não perca seu autenticador, se você perder, você precisará de um " +"*Administrador Odoo* para desabilitar a :abbr:`2FA (autenticação dois " +"fatores)` na conta." #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -216,6 +271,8 @@ msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" +"Conecte-se à sua conta do Google e vá para o `Painel de API do Google " +"`_." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2567,7 +2624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alipay" #: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index d64e17b98..a15e58041 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulário de Site" #: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 6bb5358fc..f67c66e53 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,11 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Silmar , 2020 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 -# lluisgustavoreis , 2020 -# danimaribeiro , 2021 # Mateus Lopes , 2021 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -34,620 +30,691 @@ msgstr "Compras" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avançado" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" -"Determine quando pagar uma conta de fornecedor com correspondência de 3 vias" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" -"Em alguns setores, você pode receber uma fatura de um fornecedor antes de " -"receber os produtos solicitados. No entanto, você pode não querer pagá-lo " -"até que os produtos sejam recebidos." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"A correspondência de 3 vias ajuda a evitar o pagamento de contas incorretas " -"ou fraudulentas de fornecedores." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" -"Para que este recurso funcione, vá para: seleção de menus: `Compras -> " -"Configuração -> Configurações` e ative o recurso * correspondência de 3 vias" -" *" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Devo pagar a conta do fornecedor?" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" -"Com o recurso ativado, você terá uma nova linha * Deve ser pago * exibida na" -" fatura do fornecedor na guia * Outras informações *." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" -"Dessa forma, o Odoo permite que você saiba facilmente se você deve pagar a " -"conta do fornecedor ou não." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" -"O status é definido automaticamente pelo Odoo. No entanto, se você deseja " -"definir esse status manualmente, pode marcar a caixa Forçar Status e então " -"poderá definir manualmente se a conta do fornecedor deve ser paga ou não." - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" -"Se sua empresa compra regularmente produtos de diversos fornecedores, seria " -"útil obter estatísticas sobre suas compras. Existem vários motivos para " -"rastrear e analisar o desempenho do seu fornecedor:" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "Você pode ver o quão dependente de um fornecedor sua empresa é;" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "você pode negociar descontos nos preços;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Você pode verificar o tempo médio de entrega por fornecedor;" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, um revendedor de produtos de TI que emite dezenas de pedidos de" -" compra para vários fornecedores a cada semana pode querer medir para cada " -"produto o preço total pago por cada fornecedor e o atraso na entrega. Os " -"insights coletados pela empresa irão ajudá-la a melhor analisar, prever e " -"planejar seus pedidos futuros." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Instale o módulo de gerenciamento de compras" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -"No menu ** Apps **, pesquise e instale o módulo ** Gerenciamento de Compras " -"**." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Emita alguns pedidos de compra" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" -"Obviamente, para analisar o desempenho de seus fornecedores, você precisa " -"emitir alguns ** Pedidos de Cotação ** (RfQ) e confirmar alguns ** Pedidos " -"de Compra **." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Analisando seus fornecedores" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Gere relatórios flexíveis" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" -"Você tem acesso ao desempenho de seus fornecedores no menu Relatórios. Por " -"padrão, o relatório agrupa todos os seus pedidos de compra em uma tabela " -"dinâmica por ** preço total **, ** quantidade do produto ** e ** preço médio" -" ** para ** cada mês ** e ** cada fornecedor * *. Simplesmente acessando " -"este relatório básico, você pode obter uma visão geral rápida de seu " -"desempenho real. Você pode adicionar muitos dados extras ao seu relatório " -"clicando no ícone ** Medidas **." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -"Ao clicar nos ícones ** + ** e ** - **, você pode detalhar para cima e para " -"baixo em seu relatório para alterar a forma como suas informações são " -"exibidas. Por exemplo, se eu quiser ver todos os produtos comprados no mês " -"atual, preciso clicar no ícone ** + ** no eixo vertical e depois em " -"\"Produtos\"." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -"Dependendo dos dados que você deseja destacar, pode ser necessário exibir " -"seus relatórios em uma visão mais visual. Você pode transformar seu " -"relatório com apenas um clique em três visualizações de gráficos: um ** " -"Gráfico de pizza **, um ** Gráfico de barras ** e um ** Gráfico de linhas " -"**: essas visualizações são acessíveis por meio dos ícones destacados na " -"captura de tela abaixo ." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" -"Ao contrário da tabela dinâmica, um gráfico só pode ser calculado com uma " -"medida dependente e uma independente." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Personalize relatórios" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Você pode personalizar facilmente seus relatórios de compra, dependendo de " -"suas necessidades. Para fazer isso, use a ** Visualização de pesquisa " -"avançada ** localizada no lado direito da tela, clicando no ícone da lupa no" -" final do botão da barra de pesquisa. Esta função permite que você destaque " -"apenas os dados selecionados em seu relatório. A opção ** filtros ** é muito" -" útil para exibir algumas categorias de dados, enquanto a opção ** Agrupar " -"por ** melhora a legibilidade de seus relatórios. Observe que você pode " -"filtrar e agrupar por qualquer campo existente, tornando sua personalização " -"muito flexível e poderosa." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -"Você pode salvar e reutilizar qualquer filtro personalizado clicando em ** " -"Favoritos ** na ** Visualização de pesquisa avançada ** e em ** Salvar " -"pesquisa atual **. O filtro salvo estará então acessível no menu ** " -"Favoritos **." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "Dropshipping" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Dropshipping é um método no qual o fornecedor não mantém os produtos em " -"estoque, mas transfere os produtos diretamente do fornecedor para o cliente." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -"Você precisa dos módulos * Vendas *, * Estoque * e * Compras * para que este" -" recurso funcione." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "Ative o recurso dropshipping" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -"Vá para: seleção de menus: `Compras -> Configuração -> Configurações` e " -"selecione * Dropshipping *." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -"Uma nova rota * Dropshipping * foi criada. Você pode ir em um produto e " -"marcar a rota de dropshipping. Você também precisa definir para qual " -"fornecedor você comprará o produto. Agora, cada vez que este produto for " -"vendido, ele será enviado diretamente." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -"Se você nem sempre faz o dropship desse produto, pode ir para: seleção de " -"menus: `Vendas-> Configuração -> Settings` e marque a caixa na frente de * " -"Rotas específicas do pedido *." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -"Ao criar uma cotação ou pedido de vendas, agora você pode decidir, linha de " -"pedido por linha de pedido, quais produtos devem ser enviados diretamente, " -"selecionando a rota de dropship na linha do pedido de vendas." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "Envio direto de um produto" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" -"Assim que um pedido de venda com produtos para envio direto é confirmado, " -"uma solicitação de cotação é gerada pelo Odoo para comprar o produto para o " -"fornecedor. Se você confirmar essa solicitação de cotação em um pedido de " -"compra, será criada uma transferência do seu fornecedor diretamente para o " -"seu cliente. Os produtos não passam por estoque próprio." - -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Acordos de Compra" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -"Um pedido de cobertura é um pedido de compra que um cliente faz com seu " -"fornecedor para permitir várias datas de entrega ao longo de um período de " -"tempo, geralmente negociado para tirar vantagem de preços predeterminados." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -"Para que esse recurso funcione, vá para: seleção de menus: `Compras -> " -"Configuração -> Configurações` e ative o recurso * Contratos de compra *" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "Iniciar um pedido geral" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -"Para usar este recurso, vá para: menuselection: `Comrpas --> Contratos de " -"compra`." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -"Depois de criar o contrato de compra, acesse o menu suspenso * Tipo de " -"contrato * e selecione * Pedido de cobertura *." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -"Você pode então criar seu novo pedido programado, selecione seu fornecedor, " -"o (s) produto (s), o prazo do contrato, a data do pedido e a data de " -"entrega." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -"Quando estiver satisfeito com seu contrato de compra, confirme-o. Seu status" -" mudará de * Rascunho * para * Em andamento * e um novo * RFQs / Pedidos * " -"aparecerá no canto superior direito do documento." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "RFQ do pedido de cobertura" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -"A partir do seu pedido aberto você pode criar uma nova cotação, o Odoo irá " -"preencher automaticamente o documento com o (s) produto (s) do seu pedido " -"aberto, você só precisa escolher a quantidade e confirmar o pedido." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -"Quando você voltar ao pedido programado, verá as quantidades que já " -"encomendou do seu pedido programado." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "Preços de fornecedores em seu produto" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -"Quando um pedido programado é validado, uma nova linha de fornecedor é " -"adicionada ao seu produto. Você pode ver quais estão vinculados a um pedido " -"programado e dar prioridade aos que deseja com as setas à esquerda do nome " -"do fornecedor." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -"Graças a isso, um pedido programado pode ser usado para reabastecimento " -"automatizado (usando * regras de pedido * ou configuração * feita sob " -"encomenda *)." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" -"Você também pode criar uma * Solicitação de cotação * no menu RFQ clássico e" -" vinculá-la a um * Pedido de cobertura * existente" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -"Um Edital é um procedimento especial para solicitar ofertas de vários " -"fornecedores para obter o preço mais interessante." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -"Para que este recurso funcione, vá para: seleção de menus: `Compras -> " -"Configuração -> Configurações` e ative o recurso * Contratos de Compra *." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "Crie um Edital" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -"Crie um novo contrato de compra, acesse o menu suspenso * Tipo de contrato *" -" e selecione * Chamada para licitação *." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -"Quando estiver satisfeito com o seu contrato de compra, confirme se ele " -"mudará de * Rascunho * para * Confirmado * e um novo * RFQs / Pedidos * " -"apareceu no canto superior direito do documento." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "Solicitar novas cotações no Edital" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -"A partir do Edital, o Odoo preencherá automaticamente o RFQ com o(s) do seu " -"Edital." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "Selecione a melhor oferta" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -"Os vários RFQs e pedidos vinculados ao Concurso estarão no botão * RFQs / " -"Pedidos *, onde você pode selecionar e confirmar a melhor oferta." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "Feche o Edital" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "Assim que terminar o seu * Edital * não se esqueça de fechá-lo." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Devo pagar a conta do fornecedor?" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produtos" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -"Para garantir que você nunca fique sem estoque, você pode definir * Regras " -"de reordenamento * nos produtos. Graças às regras de reordenamento, o Odoo " -"vai ajudá-lo a repor seu estoque quando ele atingir um nível mínimo de " -"estoque." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "Estabeleça uma regra de reordenação" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" -"Abra um produto estocável e você encontrará a guia * Regras de reordenamento" -" *." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -"Você também pode acessar todas as suas regras de reordenamento de: seleção " -"de menus: ʻInventário -> Dados mestre -> Reordenando regras`." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -"Uma vez no próximo menu, você pode criar as regras de reordenamento " -"vinculadas ao seu produto. A partir de agora, toda vez que este produto " -"atingir a quantidade mínima, ele reporá seu estoque na sua ** quantidade " -"máxima **." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "" -"Os reabastecimentos ocorrerão quando o planejador no módulo * Inventário * " -"for executado. Por padrão no Odoo, os planejadores serão executados todas as" -" noites às 12h." - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" -"A partir de agora, toda vez que um produto com regra de pedido atingir o " -"estoque mínimo, o sistema verá automaticamente como atender a essa " -"necessidade com base na configuração do produto (por exemplo, criar um RfQ, " -"etc.)." #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solução de problemas" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" -"Para que suas regras de reordenamento funcionem, seu produto precisa ser " -"configurado corretamente. Se você estiver usando a rota * Comprar *, " -"precisará de um fornecedor para o produto. Se estiver usando a rota * " -"Manufatura *, você será um BoM no produto. Se o produto não estiver " -"totalmente configurado ou houver um erro em suas rotas, uma próxima " -"atividade será registrada no produto informando que há um problema com a " -"configuração." #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" @@ -688,28 +755,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -719,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -727,18 +794,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -746,19 +813,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -768,13 +835,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -787,31 +854,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 8e345b658..fba3da10a 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ # Mateus Lopes , 2020 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 # lluisgustavoreis , 2020 +# Éder Brito , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amazon Connector" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 9e0daea27..27e152784 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Mateus Lopes , 2020 # Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020 +# Éder Brito , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Luis Felipe Miléo , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Éder Brito , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr "Outubro de 2020" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 13.saas~4" #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 #: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:29 @@ -520,3 +521,6 @@ msgid "" "`_ to get the" " support and bugfix services." msgstr "" +"`Compre o Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ para obter" +" os serviços de suporte e correção de bugs." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 1d5a464b6..92c24fd6f 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ # Denis Trepalin , 2021 # Viktor Pogrebniak , 2021 # Артур Чеботарь , 2021 +# Дмитро Цаценкін , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:38+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Артур Чеботарь , 2021\n" +"Last-Translator: Дмитро Цаценкін , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20102,7 +20103,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создавайте индивидуальные отчеты с собственными формулами" #: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index f2d4b857d..bf3c0ac95 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -30,619 +30,691 @@ msgstr "Закупка" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Расширенный" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" -"Как определить, счет поставщика должен был быть оплачен (3-стороннее " -"согласования)" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" -"В некоторых отраслях можно получить счет от продавца, прежде чем получать " -"заказанные товары. Однако счет, возможно, не будет оплачен, пока товары " -"самом деле не получено." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"3-сторонняя соответствии поможет вам избежать уплаты неверных или " -"мошеннических счетов поставщиков." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Настройка" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" -"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * 3-стороннее согласование" -" *" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Должен ли я платить этот счет поставщика?" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" -"После активации функции на счета поставщика на вкладке * Другая информация *" -" появится новая строка * Следует заплатить *." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" -"Таким образом, Odoo легко даст вам знать, нужно ли платить счет поставщика " -"или нет." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" -"Статус определяется автоматически в Odoo. Однако, если вы хотите определить " -"этот статус вручную, вы можете обозначить поле Заставить статус, а тогда вы " -"сможете установить вручную, должен быть счет поставщика оплачен или нет." - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" -"Если ваша компания регулярно покупает товары в нескольких поставщиков, было " -"бы полезно получить статистику о ваших покупки. Существует несколько причин " -"для отслеживания и анализа производительности вашего поставщика:" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "Вы можете увидеть, как зависит от поставщика ваша компания;" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "Вы можете согласовать скидки на цены;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Вы можете проверить среднее время доставки на поставщика;" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "И т.д .." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -"Например, реселлеру ИТ-товаров, который еженедельно выдает десятки заказов " -"на покупку нескольким поставщикам, может потребоваться измерять для каждого " -"товара общую стоимость, уплачиваемого за каждого поставщика, и задержку " -"доставки. Идеи, собранные компанией, помогут ему лучше анализировать, " -"прогнозировать и планировать свои будущие заказы." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Установите модуль управления покупками" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -"В меню ** Приложения ** выполните поиск и установите модуль ** Управление " -"покупками **." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Создайте некоторые заказы на покупку" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" -"Конечно, для того, чтобы проанализировать производительность ваших " -"поставщиков, вам необходимо сделать ** Запрос на коммерческое предложение **" -" (ЗНКП) и подтвердить некоторые ** Заказ **." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Проанализируйте ваших поставщиков" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Создание гибких отчетов" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" -"Вы видите эффективности ваших поставщиков в меню Отчеты. По умолчанию в " -"отчете группируются все заказы на покупку в сводной таблице по ** общей " -"стоимостью **, количеством товаров и ** средней цене ** ** каждый месяц ** и" -" ** каждого поставщика **. Просто, просмотрев этот основной отчет, вы можете" -" пересмотреть свою фактическую эффективность. Вы можете добавить много " -"дополнительных данных в свой отчет, нажав значок ** Измерение **." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -"Нажимая ** + ** и ** - **, вы можете просмотреть вверх и вниз свой отчет, " -"чтобы изменить способ отображения информации. Например, если я хочу видеть " -"все товары, приобретенные за текущий месяц, я должен нажать ** + ** на " -"вертикальной оси, а затем на "Товары"." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -"В зависимости от данных, которые вы хотите выделить, возможно, вам придется " -"отражать свои отчеты в более визуальном виде. Вы можете превратить свой " -"отчет лишь одним нажатием на 3 графические просмотры: ** Круговая диаграмма " -"**, ** Гистограмма ** и ** График **: эти просмотры доступны через значки, " -"выделенные на снимке экрана ниже." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" -"В отличие от сводной таблицы, график может быть вычислен только с одной " -"зависимой и одной независимой мере." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Настройка отчетов" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Вы можете легко настроить отчеты о покупке зависимости от ваших " -"потребностей. Для этого используйте ** окно расширенного поиска **, " -"расположенный в правой части экрана, нажав значок лупы в конце панели " -"инструментов поиска. Эта функция позволяет выделить только выбранные данные " -"в вашем отчете. Параметры ** фильтров ** очень полезны для отображения " -"некоторых категорий данных, а опция ** Группировать по ** улучшает " -"читаемость ваших отчетов. Заметьте, что вы можете фильтровать и группировать" -" по любым существующим полем, сделав ваше настройки очень гибким и мощным." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -"Вы можете сохранить и повторно использовать любой индивидуальный фильтр, " -"нажав ** Избранное ** в ** Окне расширенного поиска **, а затем на ** " -"Сохранить текущий поиск **. Сохраненный фильтр будет доступен в меню ** " -"Избранное **." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "Дроп-шиппинг" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Дропшипинг - это метод, при котором поставщик не сохраняет товары на складе," -" а вместо этого передает их непосредственно от поставщика клиенту." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -"Вам необходимы модули * Продажи * * Состав * и * Покупки * для работы этой " -"функции." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "Включите функцию дропшипингу" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` и " -"выберите * Дропшипинг *." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -"Создан новый маршрут * Дропшипинг *. Вы можете перейти на товар и обозначить" -" маршрут дропшипингу. Вы также должны определить, в какого поставщика вы " -"будете покупать товар. Теперь, каждый раз, когда этот товар будет продан, он" -" будет отгружено по дропшипингу." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -"Если вы не всегда отправляете товар по дропшипингу вы можете перейти в " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` и отметьте * Маршруты " -"для конкретных заказов *." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -"Когда вы создаете коммерческое предложение или заказ на продажу, теперь вы " -"можете решить, строка заказ на строку заказ, товары должны быть отгружены, " -"выбрав маршрут дропшипингу на строке SO." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "Отправьте товар по дропшипингу" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" -"После того, как заказ на продажу с товарами на дропшипинг будет " -"подтверждено, Odoo сделает запрос на коммерческое предложение, чтобы купить " -"товар у поставщика. Если вы подтвердите этот запрос предложения, он создаст " -"перевод от поставщика непосредственно к вашему клиенту. Продукция не " -"проходит через собственный склад." - -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Соглашения о покупке" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -"Долгосрочное заказ - это заказ на покупку, которое клиент размещает у " -"поставщика, чтобы позволить несколько сроков поставки в течение " -"определенного периода времени, часто сочетается, чтобы воспользоваться " -"предварительно определенной цене." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -"Для включения этой функции, перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Соглашения о покупке *" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "Начните долгосрочное заказ" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -"Для использования этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " -"Purchase Agreements`." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -"После создания соглашения о покупке перейдите в выпадающее меню * Тип сделки" -" * и выберите * Долгосрочное заказ *." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете создать новое долгосрочное заказ, выбрать поставщика, товар " -"(ы), срок действия соглашения, дату заказа и дату доставки." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -"Когда вы довольны вашей соглашением о покупке, подтвердите ее. Статус сделки" -" будет изменен с * Черновики * в * Отправка * и новый * ЗНКП / Заказ * " -"появится в верхнем правом углу документа." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "Запрос предложения по долгосрочному заказ" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -"Вы можете создать новое коммерческое предложение с вашего долгосрочного " -"заказа, Odoo будет автоматически заполнять документ с товаром (ами) с вашего" -" долгосрочного заказа, вы должны только выбрать количество и подтвердить " -"заказ." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -"Когда вы вернетесь на долгосрочное заказ, вы увидите, сколько количеств вы " -"уже заказали в вашем заказе." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "Цены поставщиков на ваш товар" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -"Во время проверки долгосрочного заказа, добавляется новая строка поставщика " -"в вашем товаре. Вы можете увидеть, какой из них связан с долгосрочным " -"заказом, отдать предпочтение тем, каким вы хотите, со стрелками влево от " -"названия поставщика." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -"Благодаря этому, для автоматического пополнения (используя * правила " -"дозаполнения * или * сделано по заказу *) может использоваться долгосрочное " -"заказ." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете создать * Запрос на коммерческое предложение * из " -"классического меню запроса на коммерческое предложение и связать их с " -"существующим * Долгосрочным заказу *" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -"Приглашение к участию в тендере - это специальная процедура, которая требует" -" предложения от нескольких поставщиков для получения наилучшего цены." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Соглашения о покупке *." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "Создайте призыв к участию в тендере" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -"Создайте новое соглашение о покупке, зайдите в выпадающее меню * Тип сделки " -"* и выберите * Призыв к участию в тендере *." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -"Когда вы довольны вашей соглашением о покупке, убедитесь, что она змею " -"статус с * Черновики * в * Подтверждено *, а новый * ЗНКП / Заказ * появится" -" в верхнем правом углу документа." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" -"Сделайте запрос на новые коммерческие предложений по призыву к участию в " -"тендере" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -"По призыву к участию в тендере Odoo будет автоматически заполнять ЗНКП с " -"товаром (ами) с вашего призыва." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "Выберите лучшее предложение" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -"Различные ЗНКП и заказы, связанные с призывом для участия в тендере, будут " -"находиться под кнопкой * ЗНКП / Заказ *, где можно выбрать и подтвердить " -"лучшее предложение." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "Закройте призыв к участию в тендере" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Должен ли я платить этот счет поставщика?" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" -"После того, как вы сделаете свой * Призыв к участию в тендере *, не забудьте" -" закрыть его." #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Продукты" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -"Чтобы удостовериться, что запас никогда не закончится, вы можете определить " -"* Правила дозаказа * на товарах. Благодаря правилам дозаказа, Odoo поможет " -"вам пополнить свой запас, когда он достигнет минимального уровня." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "Установите правило дозаказа" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "Откройте товар на складе, и найдите вкладку * Правила дозаказа *." +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -"Вы также можете получить доступ ко всем вашим правил дозаказа на " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -"В следующем меню можно создать правила дозаказа, связанные с вашим товаром. " -"Теперь, каждый раз, когда этот товар достигает минимального количества, он " -"будет пополнять свой запас до ** максимального количества **." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -"Пополнение происходить, когда запускается планировщик в модуле * Состав *. " -"По умолчанию в Odoo, планировщики будут запускаться каждую ночь в 00:00." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" -"Смотрите также:: doc: `../../../ inventory / management / planning / " -"schedulers`" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" -"Теперь, каждый раз, когда товар правилу дозаказа достигнет минимального " -"запаса, система автоматически увидит, как выполнить эту потребность на " -"основе настройки товара (например, создать ЗНКП, создать ЗНВ и т.д.)." #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Решение проблем" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" -"Чтобы ваши правила дозаказа работали, ваш товар должен быть правильно " -"настроен. Если вы используете маршрут * Купить *, вам нужен поставщик на " -"товаре. Если вы используете маршрут * Производство *, вам нужно иметь " -"спецификацию на товаре. Если изделие не настроен полностью или возникла " -"ошибка в ваших маршрутах, на товаре будет зарегистрировано следующую " -"активность, сообщит вам о наличии проблем с настройкой." #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" @@ -683,28 +755,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -714,7 +786,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -722,18 +794,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -741,19 +813,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -763,13 +835,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -782,31 +854,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index dc3a95b31..f606493cb 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Alina Lisnenko , 2021 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -30,616 +29,691 @@ msgstr "Купівлі" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" -"Як визначити, чи рахунок постачальника повинен був бути оплачений " -"(3-стороннє узгодження)" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "" -"У деяких галузях ви можете отримати рахунок від продавця, перш ніж " -"отримувати замовлені товари. Проте рахунок, можливо, не буде оплачено, поки " -"товари насправді не отримано." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"3-стороння відповідність допоможе вам уникнути сплати невірних або " -"шахрайських рахунків постачальників." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *3-стороннє узгодження*" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" -"Після активації функції на рахунку постачальника на вкладці *Інша " -"інформація* з'явиться новий рядок *Слід заплатити*." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, Odoo легко дасть вам знати, чи потрібно платити рахунок " -"постачальника чи ні." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" -"Статус визначається автоматично в Odoo. Однак, якщо ви хочете визначити цей " -"статус вручну, ви можете позначити поле Примусити статус, а тоді ви зможете " -"встановити вручну, чи повинен бути рахунок постачальника оплачений чи ні." - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша компанія регулярно купує товари у декількох постачальників, було б" -" корисно отримати статистику про ваші купівлі. Існує кілька причин для " -"відстеження та аналізу продуктивності вашого постачальника:" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "Ви можете побачити, як залежить від постачальника ваша компанія;" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "Ви можете узгодити знижки на ціни;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "Ви можете перевірити середній час доставки на постачальника;" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "І т.д.." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -"Наприклад, реселлеру ІТ-товарів, який щотижня видає десятки замовлень на " -"купівлю кільком постачальникам, може бути потрібно вимірювати для кожного " -"товару загальну вартість, що сплачується за кожного постачальника, та " -"затримку доставки. Ідеї, зібрані компанією, допоможуть йому краще " -"аналізувати, прогнозувати та планувати свої майбутні замовлення." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "Встановіть модуль управління купівлями" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" -"У меню **Додатки** виконайте пошук та встановіть модуль **Керування " -"купівлями**." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "Створіть деякі замовлення на купівлю" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" -"Звичайно, для того, щоби проаналізувати продуктивність ваших постачальників," -" вам необхідно зробити **Запит на комерційну пропозицію** (ЗНКП) і " -"підтвердити деякі **Замовлення**." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "Проаналізуйте ваших постачальників" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "Створення гнучких звітів" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" -"Ви маєте доступ до ефективності ваших постачальників у меню Звіти. За " -"замовчуванням у звіті групуються всі замовлення на купівлю у зведеній " -"таблиці за **загальною ціною**, кількістю товарів та **середньою ціною** " -"**кожного місяця** та **кожного постачальника**. Просто, переглянувши цей " -"основний звіт, ви можете швидко переглянути свою фактичну ефективність. Ви " -"можете додати багато додаткових даних у свій звіт, натиснувши значок " -"**Вимірювання**." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -"Натискаючи **+** та **-**, ви можете переглянути вгору та вниз свій звіт, " -"щоб змінити спосіб відображення інформації. Наприклад, якщо я хочу бачити " -"всі товари, придбані за поточний місяць, я повинен натиснути **+** на " -"вертикальній осі, а потім на \"Товари\"." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -"Залежно від даних, які ви хочете виділити, можливо, вам доведеться " -"відображати свої звіти у більш візуальному вигляді. Ви можете перетворити " -"свій звіт лише одним натисканням на 3 графічні перегляди: **Кругова " -"діаграма**, **Гістограма** та **Графік**: ці перегляди доступні через " -"значки, виділені на знімку екрана нижче." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" -"На відміну від зведеної таблиці, графік може бути обчислений лише з однією " -"залежною та однією незалежною мірою." #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "Налаштування звітів" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко налаштувати звіти про купівлю залежно від ваших потреб. Для " -"цього використовуйте **вікно розширеного пошуку**, розташоване у правій " -"частині екрану, натиснувши значок лупи в кінці панелі інструментів пошуку. " -"Ця функція дозволяє виділити лише вибрані дані у вашому звіті. Параметри " -"**фільтрів** дуже корисні для відображення деяких категорій даних, а опція " -"**Групувати за** покращує читабельність ваших звітів. Зауважте, що ви можете" -" фільтрувати та групувати за будь-яким існуючим полем, зробивши ваше " -"налаштування дуже гнучким та потужним." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете зберегти та повторно використати будь-який індивідуальний фільтр, " -"натиснувши **Вибране** у **Вікні розширеного пошуку**, а потім на **Зберегти" -" поточний пошук**. Збережений фільтр буде доступний у меню **Вибране**." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "Дропшипінг" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Дропшипінг - це метод, при якому постачальник не зберігає товари на складі, " -"а замість цього передає їх безпосередньо від постачальника клієнту." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." msgstr "" -"Вам необхідні модулі *Продажі*, *Склад* і *Купівлі* для роботи цієї функції." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "Активуйте функцію дропшипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"виберіть *Дропшипінг*." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." msgstr "" -"Створено новий маршрут *Дропшипінг*. Ви можете перейти на товар і позначити " -"маршрут дропшипінгу. Ви також повинні визначити, у якого постачальника ви " -"будете купувати товар. Тепер, кожен раз, коли цей товар буде продано, його " -"буде відвантажено по дропшипінгу." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не завжди відправляєте товар по дропшипінгу ви можете перейти у " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте " -"*Маршрути для конкретних замовлень*." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." msgstr "" -"Коли ви створюєте комерційну пропозицію або замовлення на продаж, тепер ви " -"можете вирішити, рядок замовлення на рядок замовлення, які товари повинні " -"бути відвантажені, вибравши маршрут дропшипінгу на рядку SO." -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "Відправте товар по дропшипінгу" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як замовлення на продаж з товарами на дропшипінг буде " -"підтверджено, Odoo зробить запит на комерційну пропозицію, щоби купити товар" -" у постачальника. Якщо ви підтвердите цей запит на комерційну пропозицію, " -"він створить переказ від вашого постачальника безпосередньо до вашого " -"клієнта. Продукція не проходить через власний склад." - -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "Угоди про купівлю" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" msgstr "" -"Довгострокове замовлення - це замовлення на купівлю, яке клієнт розміщує у " -"свого постачальника, щоби дозволити кілька термінів постачання протягом " -"певного періоду часу, що часто узгоджується, щоби скористатися попередньо " -"визначеною ціною." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Угоди про купівлю*" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "Розпочніть довгострокове замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." msgstr "" -"Для використання цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Угоди " -"про купівлю`." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." msgstr "" -"Після створення угоди про купівлю перейдіть у випадаюче меню * Тип угоди* і " -"виберіть *Довгострокове замовлення*." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете створити нове довгострокове замовлення, вибрати " -"постачальника, товар(и), термін дії угоди, дату замовлення та дату доставки." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." msgstr "" -"Коли ви задоволені вашою угодою про купівлю, підтвердіть її. Статус угоди " -"буде змінено з *Чернетки* на *Відправлення* і новий *ЗНКП/Замовлення* " -"з'явиться у верхньому правому куті документа." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "Запит на комерційну пропозицію з довгострокового замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." msgstr "" -"Ви можете створити нову комерційну пропозицію з вашого довгострокового " -"замовлення, Odoo буде автоматично заповнювати документ з товаром(ами) з " -"вашого довгострокового замовлення, ви повинні лише вибрати кількість і " -"підтвердити замовлення." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." msgstr "" -"Коли ви повернетеся на довгострокове замовлення, ви побачите, скільки " -"кількостей ви вже замовили у вашому замовленні." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "Ціни постачальників на ваш товар" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." msgstr "" -"Під час перевірки довгострокового замовлення, додається новий рядок " -"постачальника у вашому товарі. Ви можете побачити, який з них пов'язаний із " -"довгостроковим замовленням, віддати перевагу тим, яким ви хочете, зі " -"стрілками ліворуч від назви постачальника." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" -"Завдяки цьому, для автоматичного поповнення (використовуючи *правила " -"дозаповнення* або *зроблено на замовлення*) може використовуватися " -"довгострокове замовлення." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете створити *Запит на комерційну пропозицію* з класичного меню " -"запиту на комерційну пропозицію і пов'язати їх з існуючим *Довгостроковим " -"замовленням*" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." msgstr "" -"Запрошення до участі у тендері - це спеціальна процедура, яка вимагає " -"пропозиції від кількох постачальників для отримання найкращої ціни." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." msgstr "" -"Для увімкнення цієї функції перейдіть у :menuselection:`Купівлі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Угоди про купівлю*." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "Створіть заклик до участі у тендері" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -"Створіть нову угоду про купівлю, зайдіть у випадаюче меню *Тип угоди* і " -"виберіть *Заклик до участі у тендері*." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." msgstr "" -"Коли ви задоволені вашою угодою про купівлю, переконайтеся, що вона зміює " -"статус із *Чернетки* на *Підтверджено*, а новий * ЗНКП/Замовлення* з'явиться" -" у верхньому правому куті документа." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" -"Зробіть запит на нові комерційні пропозицій із заклику до участі у тендері" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." msgstr "" -"Із заклику до участі у тендері Odoo буде автоматично заповнювати ЗНКП з " -"товаром(ами) з вашого заклику." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "Виберіть найкращу пропозицію" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." msgstr "" -"Різні ЗНКП і замовлення, пов'язані із закликом для участі у тендері, будуть " -"знаходитися під кнопкою *ЗНКП/Замовлення*, де можна вибрати і підтвердити " -"найкращу пропозицію." -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "Закрийте заклик до участі у тендері" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви зробите свій *Заклик до участі у тендері*, не забудьте " -"закрити його." #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "Товари" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." msgstr "" -"Щоб упевнитися, що запас ніколи не закінчиться, ви можете визначити *Правила" -" дозамовлення* на товарах. Завдяки правилам дозамовлення, Odoo допоможе вам " -"поповнити свій запас, коли він досягне мінімального рівня." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "Встановіть правило дозамовлення" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgid "Configure your storable product" msgstr "" -"Відкрийте товар на складі, та знайдіть вкладку *Правила дозамовлення*." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете отримати доступ до всіх ваших правил дозамовлення на " -":menuselection:`Складі --> Основні дані --> Правила дозамовлення`." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." msgstr "" -"У наступному меню можна створити правила дозамовлення, пов'язані з вашим " -"товаром. Тепер, щоразу, коли цей товар досягає мінімальної кількості, він " -"буде поповнювати свій запас до **максимальної кількості**." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." msgstr "" -"Поповнення відбуватимуться, коли запускається планувальник у модулі *Склад*." -" За замовчуванням в Odoo, планувальники будуть запускатися щоночі о 00:00." -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" -"Дивіться також: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" msgstr "" -"Відтепер, кожен раз, коли товар з правилом дозамовлення досягне мінімального" -" запасу, система автоматично побачить, як виконати цю потребу на основі " -"налаштування товару (наприклад, створити ЗНКП, створити ЗНВ і т.д.)." #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Вирішення проблем" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" -"Щоб ваші правила дозамовлення працювали, ваш товар має бути правильно " -"налаштований. Якщо ви використовуєте маршрут *Купити*, вам потрібен " -"постачальник на товарі. Якщо ви використовуєте маршрут *Виробництво*, вам " -"потрібно мати специфікацію на товарі. Якщо виріб не налаштований повністю " -"або виникла помилка у ваших маршрутах, на товарі буде зареєстровано наступну" -" активність, яка повідомить вас про наявність проблеми з налаштуванням." #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" @@ -680,28 +754,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -711,7 +785,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -719,18 +793,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -738,19 +812,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -760,13 +834,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -779,31 +853,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 12cf11205..825b20e9f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,13 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# mrshelly , 2020 -# max_xu , 2020 # 敬雲 林 , 2020 -# Gary Wei , 2020 -# guohuadeng , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 -# Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2021 # 稀饭~~ , 2021 # Mandy Choy , 2021 # @@ -19,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-11 09:05+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -37,484 +32,691 @@ msgstr "采购" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:3 -msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "通过3方面匹配确定支付供应商账单的时点" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " -"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " -"products have been received." -msgstr "在某些行业，你可能在收到订购的产品之前就收到了供应商账单。但是，你可能不想在尚未收到产品时付款。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:9 -msgid "" -"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " -"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." -msgstr "" -"为了定义是否应该支付供应商账单，你可以使用 *3方面匹配* 来确定。它指的是将 *采购订单* ， *供应商账单* 和 *收据* 上的信息进行比对。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " -"bills." -msgstr "3方面匹配帮助你避免错误的支付或者欺诈的供应商账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:18 -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:10 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:20 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*3方面匹配*功能。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:27 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:29 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " -"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "在启用此功能后，在*其他信息*选项卡下的供应商账单上会显示新的*应付*行。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:32 -msgid "" -"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " -"not." -msgstr "这样，你在Odoo上可以轻松查看是否需要支付供应商账单。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/3_way_matching.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " -"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" -" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "状态由Odoo自动定义。但是，如果你想手动定义这个状态，可以勾选强制状态框，然后就可以手动设置是否应该支付供应商账单。" - #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze the performance of your vendors" +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " -"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " -"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" -msgstr "如果你的公司通常从几个供应商处采购产品, 统计报告对于你的采购是很有帮助的。有多个原因来追踪和分析你的供应商的表现 :" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:9 -msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "你会看到你的公司是如何依赖于一个供应商的；" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 -msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "你可以就价格进行谈判;" +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 -msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "可以检查每个供应商的平均交货时间；" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:15 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "等等." - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " -"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " -"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " -"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " -"their future orders." +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" -"例如, 一个IT产品零售商每周发给多个供应商许多的采购订单, 由此来比较付给每个供应商的总价和供货期。由公司收集到的信息将帮助更好地分析, " -"预测和规划自己的未来的订单。" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "安装采购管理模块" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " -"module." -msgstr "在 **应用** 菜单, 搜索并安装 **采购管理** 模块。" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 -msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "发布一些采购订单" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" -"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "当然，为了分析供应商的表现，你需要发布一些**询价单**并确认**采购订单**。" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 -msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "分析供应商" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 -msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "生成灵活弹性的报表" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" -"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " -"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " -"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " -"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " -"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " -"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" -"你可以在报告菜单访问你的供应商的表现。默认的, 这个报告是以你的采购单按 **每个月** , **每个供应商** 的 **总价** , **产品数量**" -" 和 **平均价** 来分组的透析表。从这个基本报表中, 你可以得到一个快捷你的变现的概况。你可以通过 **衡量** 图标添加许多其他数据到你的报告中。" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " -"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " -"\"Products\"." +msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" -"通过点击 **+** 和 **-** 图标, 你可以向上和向下更改信息的显示方式。例如, 我要看到本月所有采购的产品, 我需要点击 **+** " -"图标在纵轴的产品上。" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" -" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " -"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " -"below." +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" -"对于你要突显的数据, 你也许需要用更强的视觉感显示你的报告报告。你可以点击3个图形视图 : **饼图** , **条形图** , **折线图** " -"来转换你的报告: 这些视图通过下面截屏上的突显的图标访问。" -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:76 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" -"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " -"dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "相对于透视表, 图形表只能用一个相关和一个非相关的衡量来计算。" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "定制报表" +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " -"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " -"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" -"你可以按你的需求方便地定制你的采购报告。为此, 点击搜索栏最后的放大镜, 使用在你右手边的 **高级搜索视图** 。 **过滤** " -"选项对显示数据的类别非常有用, **分组** 选项可以提高你的报告的可读性。注意你可以过滤和分组现存的字段, 使你的定制非常地弹性化和强大。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." -msgstr "" -"您可以保存并再次使用定制的过滤, 从 **高级搜索视图** 中点击 **收藏** , 然后 **保存当前的搜索** 。保存的过滤器将从 **收藏** " -"菜单访问。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Dropshipping" -msgstr "代发货" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" -" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " -"customer." -msgstr "直运是指供应商不保有产品库存，而是由生产商直接将产品发给客户。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:10 -msgid "" -"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " -"to work." -msgstr "这项功能需要*销售*、*库存*和*采购*模块。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "启用直运功能" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " -"*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择*直运*。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " -"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " -"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " -"drop shipped." -msgstr "已创建新路线*直运*。你可进入产品页面并勾选直运路线。你还需定义从哪家供应商购买产品。之后， 每次售出该产品时，都会采用直运方式。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "" -"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " -"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要直运，你可前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*特定订单路线*。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "" -"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " -"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " -"dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "当你创建报价或销售订单时，你可按订单行逐一决定是否需要直运，只需选择销售订单行的直运路线。" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:45 -msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "产品直运" - -#: ../../purchase/advanced/dropshipping.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " -"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " -"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " -"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" -" through your own stock." -msgstr "" -"在产品销售订单被确认后，Odoo将生成询价单，以购买产品给供应商。如果你将询价单确认为采购订单，它将创建供应商与客户之间的直接转移。产品不会经过你的库存。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "采购计划单" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:3 -msgid "Manage blanket orders" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " -"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " -"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "一揽子订购是指客户允许供应商在一段时间内按多个日期交货的采购订单，一揽子订购通常会利用预先确定定价的优势。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:20 -msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "开始一揽子订购" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " -"Agreements`." -msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " -"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "在创建采购协议后，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*一揽子订购*。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " -"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "然后，你可以创建新的一揽子订购，选择供应商、产品、协议截止日期、订货日期和交货日期。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " -"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " -"the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "检查采购协议并确认。它的状态将从*草稿*变为*正在进行*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:41 -msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "从一揽子订购创建询价单" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:43 -msgid "" -"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " -"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " -"choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "你可从一揽子订购创建新报价，Odoo将按一揽子订购中的产品自动填写该文件，你只需要选择数量并确认订单。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:47 -msgid "" -"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" -" you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "当你返回一揽子订购时，可以看到已经从一揽子订购订购的产品数量。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:51 -msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "产品的供应商价格" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:53 -msgid "" -"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " -"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " -"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " -"name." -msgstr "在确认一揽子订购后，产品页面将添加一行新的供应商信息。你可通过供应商名称左侧的箭头查看哪些产品与一揽子订购关联并予以优先考虑。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " -"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "由于这项功能，一揽子订购可用于自动补货（使用*重订货规则*或*按订单*配置）。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/blanket_order.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " -"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建*询价单*并将它们与已有的*一揽子订购*关联。" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:3 -msgid "Manage calls for tenders" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" -"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "招标是指要求多家供应商报价以获取最有意向价格的特殊程序。" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:11 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " -"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:19 -msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "创建招标" +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " -"and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "创建新的采购协议，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*招标*。" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" -"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " -"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " -"right corner of the document." -msgstr "检查采购协议并确认，它的状态将从*草稿*变为*已确认*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:34 -msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "从招标页面请求新报价" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 msgid "" -"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " -"from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "在招标页面，Odoo将从你的招标产品中自动填充询价单。" +"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " +"blanket orders and call for tenders." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:40 -msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "选择最佳报价" - -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:42 +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 msgid "" -"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" -" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "在你选择并确认最佳报价后，与招标相关的所有询价单和订单都将显示在*询价单/订单*按钮下。" +"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " +"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " +"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " +"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " +"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " +"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:50 -msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "关闭招标" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " +"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " +"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " +"among several vendors." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/agreements/call_for_tender.rst:52 -msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "完成招标后，请勿忘记关闭。" +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 +msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 +msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " +"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " +"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " +"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 +msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " +"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" +" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " +"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " +"you only want to select a single vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " +"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" +" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " +"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" +"filled in with that information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " +"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " +"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " +"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" +" of agreement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 +msgid "Set up a blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " +"The other fields aren't mandatory, but you usually want to define an " +"*Agreement Deadline* after which the blanket order won't be valid anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " +"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" +" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " +"you have configured your blanked order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" +" only used for informational purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " +"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " +"to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:79 +msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " +"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " +"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" +" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " +"product lines can also be pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " +"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" +" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:98 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " +"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," +" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" +" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:109 +msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." +" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" +" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " +"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " +"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" +" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " +"their best quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " +"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:127 +msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:129 +msgid "" +"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " +"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" +" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " +"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " +"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " +"for each vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " +"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " +"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " +"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " +"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " +"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " +"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " +"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " +"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " +"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" +" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " +"fraudulent vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 +msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " +"policy for all the products created onwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " +"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " +"used to generate the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" +" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " +"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" +" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " +"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " +"policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" +" *Other Information* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " +"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Billing status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 +msgid "*(Not applicable)*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "*Waiting Bills*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "*Fully Billed*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" +" matching*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " +"received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " +"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +msgid "" +"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " +"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " +"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " +"when you create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " +"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" +" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " +"to have done so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " +"Paid* status is set to *No*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " +"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to reordering rules" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " -"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " -"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "为了避免库存耗尽，你可以为产品定义*重订货规则*。利用重订货规则，Odoo将在库存达到最小库存水平时补货。" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " +"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " +"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " +"created." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:10 -msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "设置重订货规则" +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 +msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "打开库存产品，你将看到*重订货规则*选项卡。" +msgid "Configure your storable product" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "你也可从 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 重订货规则`访问所有的重订货规则。" +"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " -"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " -"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "在下一个菜单中，你可创建与产品关联的重订货规则。之后，当产品达到最小数量时，它会自动将库存补充至**最大数量**。" +"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " +"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " +"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " +"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " +"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " +"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:29 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " -"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " -"12:00PM." -msgstr "补货会在库存模块的调度器运行时发生。默认情况下，调度器会在每天晚上12 :00运行。" +"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " +"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " +"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " +"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " +"for different quantities." +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "另请参见：:doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:35 +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " -"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "从现在起, 每次有重订货规则的产品达到最小库存时，系统会根据产品配置（例如，创建询价单、创建生产订单等），自动判断如何满足该需求。" +"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " +"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" +" in the image above. For more information, see " +":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "排查" - -#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:43 msgid "" -"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " -"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " -"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " -"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," -" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " -"issue with the configuration." +"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " +"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" +" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " +"select *Dropship*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 +msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " +"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " +"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " +"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " +"orders included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 +msgid "Define quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " +"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " +"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " +"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " +"order for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " +"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" +" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " +"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " +"rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " +"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " +"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " +"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " +"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " +"respect the set quantity multiple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " +"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " +"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " +"Route* column, and selecting the right route." msgstr "" -"为了确保重订货规则正常运行，你必须正确配置产品。如你使用*采购*路径，你需要提供产品供应商。如你使用*制造*路径，你需要提供产品物料清单。如产品未完全配置或路线有误，系统将在产品上记录下一项活动，通知你配置存在问题。" #: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" @@ -555,28 +757,28 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:28 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:38 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " @@ -586,7 +788,7 @@ msgid "" "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " @@ -594,18 +796,18 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "Create ynew units of measure and units of measure categories" +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " @@ -613,19 +815,19 @@ msgid "" " units of measure." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" @@ -635,13 +837,13 @@ msgid "" "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:79 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " @@ -654,31 +856,31 @@ msgid "" "*Digits* to 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:92 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure."